1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
13 @c @ovar(ARG, DEFAULT)
14 @c -------------------
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
189 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
190 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
191 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
192 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
193 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
194 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
195 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
197 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
198 modify this @acronym{GNU} manual. Buying copies from the @acronym{FSF}
199 supports it in developing @acronym{GNU} and promoting software
206 @dircategory Software development
208 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
211 @dircategory Individual utilities
213 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
214 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
215 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
216 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
217 How to create configuration scripts
218 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
219 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
220 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
221 How to create configuration templates
222 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
223 The Autoconf executables backbone
224 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
225 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
226 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
227 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
228 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
233 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
234 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
235 @author David MacKenzie
237 @author Akim Demaille
239 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
252 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
255 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
256 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
257 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
258 * Setup:: Initialization and output
259 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
260 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
261 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
262 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
263 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
264 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
265 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
266 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
267 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
268 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
269 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
270 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
271 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
272 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
273 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
274 * History:: History of Autoconf
275 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
276 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
279 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
281 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
283 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
284 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
285 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
286 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
288 Making @command{configure} Scripts
290 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
291 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
292 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
293 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
294 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
296 Writing @file{configure.ac}
298 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
299 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
300 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
302 Initialization and Output Files
304 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
305 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
306 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
307 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
308 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
309 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
310 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
311 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
312 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
313 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
314 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
315 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
316 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
318 Substitutions in Makefiles
320 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
321 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
322 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
323 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
324 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
326 Configuration Header Files
328 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
329 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
330 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
334 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
335 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
336 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
337 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
338 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
339 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
340 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
341 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
342 * Types:: Types that might be missing
343 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
344 * System Services:: Operating system services
345 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
346 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
350 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
351 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
355 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
356 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
360 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
361 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
362 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
366 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
367 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
368 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
372 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
373 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
377 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
378 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
382 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
383 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
385 Compilers and Preprocessors
387 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
388 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
389 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
390 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
391 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
392 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
393 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
397 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
398 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
399 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
400 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
401 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
402 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
403 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
404 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
406 Writing Test Programs
408 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
409 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
410 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
414 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
415 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
416 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
417 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
418 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
422 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
423 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
424 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
428 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
429 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
430 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
431 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
432 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
436 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
437 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
438 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
439 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
440 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
441 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
442 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
444 Using @command{autom4te}
446 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
447 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
449 Programming in M4sugar
451 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
452 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
453 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
454 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
455 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
456 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
457 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
458 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
459 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
461 Writing Autoconf Macros
463 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
464 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
465 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
466 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
467 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
468 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
470 Dependencies Between Macros
472 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
473 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
474 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
476 Portable Shell Programming
478 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
479 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
480 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
481 * File System Conventions:: File names
482 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
483 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
484 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
485 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
486 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
487 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
488 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
489 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
490 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
492 Portable Make Programming
494 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
495 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
496 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
497 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
498 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
499 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
500 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
501 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
502 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
503 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
504 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
505 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
506 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
507 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
508 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
510 @code{VPATH} and Make
512 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
513 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
514 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
515 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
516 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
518 Portable C and C++ Programming
520 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
521 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
522 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
523 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
524 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
525 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
526 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
527 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
531 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
532 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
533 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
537 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
538 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
539 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
540 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
541 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
542 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
543 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
544 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
546 Transforming Program Names When Installing
548 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
549 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
550 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
552 Running @command{configure} Scripts
554 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
555 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
556 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
557 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
558 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
559 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
560 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
561 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
562 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
566 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
567 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
568 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
569 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
570 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
571 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
573 Upgrading From Version 1
575 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
576 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
577 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
578 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
579 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
581 Upgrading From Version 2.13
583 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
584 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
585 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
586 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
587 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
589 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
591 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
592 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
593 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
594 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
596 Using an Autotest Test Suite
598 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
599 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
601 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
603 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
604 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
605 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
606 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
607 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
608 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
609 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
613 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
614 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
615 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
616 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
617 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
621 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
622 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
623 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
624 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
625 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
626 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
627 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
628 * Concept Index:: General index
633 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
636 @chapter Introduction
640 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
641 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
642 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
643 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
644 consequences@dots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
645 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
646 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
647 separation of solids from liquids@dots{}'' The computer scientist
648 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
652 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
654 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
655 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
656 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
657 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
658 need to have Autoconf.
660 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
661 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
662 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
663 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
664 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
665 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
666 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
667 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
668 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
669 release of each variant of Posix.
671 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
672 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
673 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
674 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
675 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
676 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
677 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
678 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
681 @c "Those who do not understand Unix are condemned to reinvent it, poorly."
682 @c --Henry Spencer, 1987 (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_philosophy)
683 Those who do not understand Autoconf are condemned to reinvent it, poorly.
684 The primary goal of Autoconf is making the @emph{user's} life easier;
685 making the @emph{maintainer's} life easier is only a secondary goal.
686 Put another way, the primary goal is not to make the generation of
687 @file{configure} automatic for package maintainers (although patches
688 along that front are welcome, since package maintainers form the user
689 base of Autoconf); rather, the goal is to make @file{configure}
690 painless, portable, and predictable for the end user of each
691 @dfn{autoconfiscated} package. And to this degree, Autoconf is highly
692 successful at its goal --- most complaints to the Autoconf list are
693 about difficulties in writing Autoconf input, and not in the behavior of
694 the resulting @file{configure}. Even packages that don't use Autoconf
695 will generally provide a @file{configure} script, and the most common
696 complaint about these alternative home-grown scripts is that they fail
697 to meet one or more of the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards that users
698 have come to expect from Autoconf-generated @file{configure} scripts.
700 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
701 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
702 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
703 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
704 taken in writing them.
706 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
707 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
708 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
709 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
710 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
711 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
712 for more information.
714 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
715 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
717 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.5 or later in order to
718 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
719 including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
720 with @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.11 or later, though this is not
723 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
724 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
725 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
727 See the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/,
728 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
729 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
731 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
732 list}. Past suggestions are
733 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/autoconf/, archived}.
735 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
736 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
737 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
739 If possible, first check that your bug is
740 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
741 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
742 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
744 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via @command{git}; see the
745 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/autoconf/, Autoconf
746 Summary} for details, or view
747 @uref{http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=autoconf.git, the actual
748 repository}. Anonymous @acronym{CVS} access is also available, see
749 @file{README} for more details. Patches relative to the
750 current @command{git} version can be sent for review to the
751 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}.
752 Discussions on past patches are
753 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-patches/,
754 archived}, and all commits are archived in the read-only
755 @email{autoconf-commit@@gnu.org, Autoconf Commit mailing list}, which is
756 also @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-commit/,
759 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
760 includes only a set of often-used
761 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
762 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
763 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
764 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
768 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
770 @node The GNU Build System
771 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
772 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
774 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
775 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
776 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
777 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
778 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
779 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
780 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
781 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
782 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
785 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
786 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
787 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
788 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
794 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
795 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
796 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
797 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
798 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
799 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
800 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
801 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
802 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
803 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
804 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
805 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @code{Makefile.in} to
806 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
807 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
810 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @code{Makefile.am}
811 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
812 makefile, and then generates a portable @code{Makefile.in} for
813 use with Autoconf. For example, the @code{Makefile.am} to build and
814 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
818 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
822 The resulting @code{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
823 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
824 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
825 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
826 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
827 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
829 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
830 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
831 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
836 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
837 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
838 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
839 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
842 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
843 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
844 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
845 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
846 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
847 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
848 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
849 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
851 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
852 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
853 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
854 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
855 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
856 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
857 old-fashioned systems.
862 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
863 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
864 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
865 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
866 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
867 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
868 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
869 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
873 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
874 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
875 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
876 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
877 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
878 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
879 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
880 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
881 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
882 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
883 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
888 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
889 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
890 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
891 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
892 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
893 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
894 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
895 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
897 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
898 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
905 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
906 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
907 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
908 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
910 @item Automake Manual
912 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
913 information on Automake.
917 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
918 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
919 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
920 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
921 build environment. You can also find
922 @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
926 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
928 @node Making configure Scripts
929 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
930 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
931 @cindex @command{configure}
933 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
934 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
935 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
936 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
940 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
941 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
944 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
945 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
948 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
949 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
952 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
953 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
954 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
957 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
958 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
961 @cindex @file{configure.in}
962 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
963 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
964 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
965 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
966 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
967 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
968 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
969 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
970 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
972 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
973 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
974 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
975 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
976 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
979 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
981 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
985 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
987 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
991 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
995 Files used in configuring a software package:
998 .-------------> [config.cache]
999 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
1001 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
1002 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
1003 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
1008 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
1009 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
1010 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
1011 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
1012 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
1015 @node Writing Autoconf Input
1016 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
1018 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
1019 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
1020 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
1021 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
1022 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
1023 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
1024 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
1025 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
1026 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell}. The
1027 @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start in writing
1028 @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more information).
1030 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1031 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1032 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1033 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1034 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1038 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1039 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1040 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1043 @node Shell Script Compiler
1044 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1046 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1047 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1048 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1050 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1051 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1052 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1053 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1054 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1055 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1057 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1058 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1059 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1060 Unfortunately, shell functions do not belong to the least common
1061 denominator; therefore, where you would like to define a function and
1062 use it ten times, you would instead need to copy its body ten times.
1063 Even in 2007, where shells without any function support are far and
1064 few between, there are pitfalls to avoid when making use of them.
1066 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1067 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1068 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1070 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1072 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1073 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1074 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1075 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1076 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1077 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1080 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1081 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1082 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1083 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1084 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1085 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1086 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1087 as a set of M4 macros.
1090 @node Autoconf Language
1091 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1094 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1095 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1096 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1097 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1098 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1101 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1102 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1103 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1104 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1105 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1106 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1107 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1108 call, including macros called from other macros.
1113 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1114 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1115 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1116 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1120 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1123 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1124 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1125 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1126 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1130 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1131 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1132 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1133 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1134 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1135 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1136 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1137 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1138 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1139 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1142 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1143 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1144 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1145 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1149 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1150 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1151 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1152 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1153 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1155 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1158 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1159 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1160 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1161 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1164 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1165 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1169 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1176 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1180 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1181 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1182 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1183 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1186 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1189 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1190 has been continually misunderstood@dots{} The rule of thumb is that
1191 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1192 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1195 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1199 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1200 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1201 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1202 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1203 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1204 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1207 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1211 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1213 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1214 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1215 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1216 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1217 quoting them yields weird results.
1219 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1220 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1221 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1222 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1223 three lines below are equivalent:
1226 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1227 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1228 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1231 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1232 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1233 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1234 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1235 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1236 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1237 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1239 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1240 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1241 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1244 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1247 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1248 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1250 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1251 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1252 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1253 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1254 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1255 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1256 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1257 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1258 are called out of order.
1260 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1261 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1262 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1263 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1267 Autoconf requirements
1268 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1269 information on the package
1271 checks for libraries
1272 checks for header files
1274 checks for structures
1275 checks for compiler characteristics
1276 checks for library functions
1277 checks for system services
1278 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1284 @node autoscan Invocation
1285 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1286 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1288 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1289 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1290 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1291 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1292 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1293 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1294 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1297 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1298 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1299 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1300 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1301 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1302 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1303 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1304 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1305 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1306 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1307 information about a program that can help with that job).
1309 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1310 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1311 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1313 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1314 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1315 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1316 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1317 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1320 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1325 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1329 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1333 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1334 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1336 @item --include=@var{dir}
1338 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1340 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1342 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1345 @node ifnames Invocation
1346 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1347 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1349 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1350 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1351 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1352 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1353 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1354 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1357 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1358 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1359 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1360 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1361 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1362 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1365 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1370 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1374 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1377 @node autoconf Invocation
1378 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1379 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1381 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1382 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1383 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1384 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1385 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1386 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1387 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1388 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1389 to the standard output.
1391 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1392 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1393 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1394 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1395 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1396 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1397 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1398 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1399 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1401 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1406 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1410 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1414 Report processing steps.
1418 Don't remove the temporary files.
1422 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1424 @item --include=@var{dir}
1426 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1428 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1430 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1432 @item --output=@var{file}
1433 @itemx -o @var{file}
1434 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1435 for the standard output.
1437 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1438 @itemx -W @var{category}
1440 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1441 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1442 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1447 report all the warnings
1453 treats warnings as errors
1455 @item no-@var{category}
1456 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1459 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1460 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1461 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1462 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1463 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1464 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1468 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1469 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1470 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1471 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1474 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1475 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1476 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1477 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1478 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1479 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1480 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1482 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1483 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1484 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1486 @item --initialization
1488 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1489 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1490 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1494 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1495 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1496 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1497 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1498 are substituted, use:
1502 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1503 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1504 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1505 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1506 @i{More traces deleted}
1511 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1512 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1516 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1517 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1519 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1526 %: This:is:an [example]
1531 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1535 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1536 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1537 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1538 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1539 @i{More traces deleted}
1544 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1545 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1546 character is suitable as a separator):
1550 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1551 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1552 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1553 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1554 @i{More traces deleted}
1558 @node autoreconf Invocation
1559 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1560 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1562 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1563 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1564 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1565 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1566 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1567 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1568 System in a fresh tree.
1570 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1571 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1572 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1573 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1574 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1575 those files that are older than their sources. The environment variables
1576 @env{AUTOCONF}, @env{AUTOHEADER}, @env{AUTOMAKE}, @env{ACLOCAL},
1577 @env{AUTOPOINT}, @env{LIBTOOLIZE}, @env{M4}, and @env{MAKE} may be used
1578 to override the invocation of the respective tools.
1580 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1581 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1582 @option{--force} option.
1584 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1585 rebuild @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1586 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1587 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1588 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1591 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1592 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1593 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1594 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1595 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1596 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1597 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1600 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1605 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1609 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1612 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1613 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1614 to subordinate tools that support it.
1618 Don't remove the temporary files.
1622 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1623 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1628 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1629 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1631 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1632 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1633 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1635 @item --no-recursive
1636 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1637 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1641 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1642 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1646 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1647 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1650 @item --include=@var{dir}
1652 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1653 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1655 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1657 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1658 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1660 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1661 @itemx -W @var{category}
1663 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1664 comma separated list).
1668 related to cross compilation issues.
1671 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1677 dubious syntactic constructs.
1680 report all the warnings
1686 treats warnings as errors
1688 @item no-@var{category}
1689 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1692 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1693 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1694 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1695 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1696 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1697 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1701 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1702 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1703 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1704 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1707 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1710 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1712 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1713 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1714 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1715 initialization and the creation of output files.
1718 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1719 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
1720 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1721 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1722 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1723 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1724 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1725 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1726 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1727 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1728 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1729 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1730 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1733 @node Initializing configure
1734 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1736 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1737 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1741 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @
1744 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1747 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1748 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1749 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1750 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1751 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1752 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1753 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1754 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1755 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}.
1757 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1758 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1761 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1762 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1763 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1766 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1767 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1768 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1769 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1770 Exactly @var{package}.
1772 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1773 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1774 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1775 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1776 Exactly @var{tarname}.
1778 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1779 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1780 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1781 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1782 Exactly @var{version}.
1784 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1785 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1786 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1787 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1788 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1790 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1791 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1792 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1793 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1794 Exactly @var{bug-report}.
1798 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1799 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1800 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1801 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1802 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1803 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1804 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1807 @section Dealing with Autoconf versions
1808 @cindex Autoconf version
1809 @cindex version, Autoconf
1811 The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum
1812 version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given
1813 @file{configure.ac}.
1815 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1818 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1819 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1820 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1821 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1824 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1827 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1828 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1831 @defmac AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION
1832 @acindex{AUTOCONF_VERSION}
1833 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
1834 of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
1835 suitable for @code{m4_version_compare} (@pxref{m4_version_compare}); in
1836 other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
1837 @samp{@value{VERSION}}. One potential use of this macro is for writing
1838 conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
1839 rather than using @code{AC_PREREQ} to require the newer version of
1840 Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
1841 checks over version checks.
1843 You should not expand this macro directly; use
1844 @samp{m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])} instead. This is because some
1846 have a beta version of Autoconf installed, with arbitrary letters
1847 included in its version string. This means it is possible for the
1848 version string to contain the name of a defined macro, such that
1849 expanding @code{AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION} would trigger the expansion of that
1850 macro during rescanning, and change the version string to be different
1851 than what you intended to check.
1855 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1856 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1858 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1859 scripts. Using them is optional.
1861 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1863 @cindex Copyright Notice
1864 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1865 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1866 @var{copyright-notice}.
1868 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1869 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1873 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1876 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1877 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1878 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1879 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1880 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1881 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1883 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1885 @c The @w prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1887 AC_REVISION([@w{$}Revision: 1.30 $])
1891 produces this in @command{configure}:
1895 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1901 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1903 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1904 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1905 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1906 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1907 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1908 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1909 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1910 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1911 Invocation}, for more information.
1915 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1917 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1918 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1919 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1920 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1922 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1923 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1924 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1925 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1926 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1927 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1929 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1930 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1931 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1932 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1933 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1934 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1935 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1936 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1939 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1940 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1941 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1942 it looks are correct for most cases.
1944 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1945 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1946 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1947 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1948 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1949 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1950 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1951 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1952 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1953 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1954 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1955 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1956 name is obsolete because some @code{make} have a rule that creates
1957 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1959 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1960 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1961 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1964 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1965 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1966 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1967 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1968 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1969 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1970 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1971 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
1974 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
1975 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
1977 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
1978 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
1979 Specify @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
1980 This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
1981 @command{autoreconf} that trace macro calls. It should be called
1982 directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install macros for
1983 @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations.
1985 Note that if you use @command{aclocal} from Automake to generate
1986 @file{aclocal.m4}, you must also set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I
1987 @var{dir}} in your top-level @file{Makefile.am}. Due to a limitation in
1988 the Autoconf implementation of @command{autoreconf}, these include
1989 directives currently must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am},
1990 without any backslash-newlines.
1995 @section Outputting Files
1996 @cindex Outputting files
1998 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
1999 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
2000 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
2001 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
2002 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
2007 @cindex Instantiation
2008 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
2009 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
2011 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
2012 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
2013 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
2014 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
2015 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
2016 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
2017 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
2020 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
2021 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
2022 executed by @code{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
2023 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
2024 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
2025 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
2029 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
2030 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
2031 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
2034 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
2035 @code{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
2036 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
2037 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
2038 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
2039 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
2040 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
2042 @anchor{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
2043 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
2044 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
2046 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
2047 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
2048 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
2049 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
2053 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
2054 that runs @code{MAKE} on other directories:
2062 @node Configuration Actions
2063 @section Performing Configuration Actions
2064 @cindex Configuration actions
2066 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
2067 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
2068 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
2069 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
2070 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
2071 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
2073 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
2074 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
2075 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
2076 have this prototype:
2078 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2081 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2085 where the arguments are:
2089 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2090 the files to instantiate.
2092 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2096 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2097 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2098 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2102 and use this instead:
2105 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2106 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2109 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2110 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2111 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2112 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2114 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2115 for example, asks for
2116 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2117 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2118 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2120 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2121 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2122 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2123 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2124 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2127 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2128 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2132 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2133 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2134 which the commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2135 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2136 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2138 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2139 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2140 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2144 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2145 directory is the top build directory. This
2146 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2149 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2150 directory is the current build directory.
2153 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2154 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2155 directory is the current build directory.
2156 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2160 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2161 working directory is the current build directory.
2165 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2166 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2170 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2174 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2177 # Argument of --srcdir
2179 # Reversing deep/dir
2180 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2181 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2182 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2183 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2184 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2188 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2191 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2192 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2193 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2194 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2195 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2196 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2198 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2199 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2200 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2203 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2204 @var{tag} values, of course!
2207 @node Configuration Files
2208 @section Creating Configuration Files
2209 @cindex Creating configuration files
2210 @cindex Configuration file creation
2212 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2214 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_FILES}
2215 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2216 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2217 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2218 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2220 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2221 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2222 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2224 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2225 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2226 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2227 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2228 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2229 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2231 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2234 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2235 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2238 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2239 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2242 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2243 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2247 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2248 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2249 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2254 @node Makefile Substitutions
2255 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2256 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2257 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2259 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2260 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2261 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2262 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2263 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2264 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2265 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2266 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2267 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2268 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2269 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2270 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2271 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2272 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2274 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2275 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2276 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2277 before compiling it.
2279 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2280 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2284 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2285 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2286 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2287 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2288 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2291 @node Preset Output Variables
2292 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2293 @cindex Output variables
2295 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2296 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2297 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2298 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2299 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2300 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2301 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2304 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2305 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2312 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2313 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2314 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2315 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2317 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2318 (e.g., @option{-D @var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2319 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L
2320 @var{directory}}), it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2321 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2322 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2323 matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
2324 @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. Another is to put them into both
2325 @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into @code{CFLAGS}.
2329 @defvar configure_input
2330 @ovindex configure_input
2331 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2332 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2333 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2334 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2335 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2336 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2340 # @@configure_input@@
2344 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2345 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2350 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, and Objective C preprocessors and
2352 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2353 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2354 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, and Objective C features.
2356 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2357 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2358 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2359 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2361 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2362 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2363 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2364 depend on this behavior because the @acronym{GNU} coding standards do
2365 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2368 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2374 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2375 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2380 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2381 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2382 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2383 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2384 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2385 how to check the results of previous tests.
2394 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2395 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2398 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2400 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2404 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2405 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2411 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2412 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2413 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2414 programs to test for Erlang features.
2419 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2420 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2421 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2422 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2423 programs to test for Fortran features.
2428 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2429 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2430 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2431 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2432 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2437 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2438 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2439 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2440 C, C++, Objective C, and Fortran features.
2442 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2443 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2444 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2445 affects other phases of the compiler.
2447 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2448 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2453 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2454 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2455 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2456 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2457 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2462 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2463 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2468 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2471 @defvar abs_builddir
2472 @ovindex abs_builddir
2473 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2476 @defvar top_builddir
2477 @ovindex top_builddir
2478 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2479 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2482 @defvar top_build_prefix
2483 @ovindex top_build_prefix
2484 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree with final
2485 slash if nonemtpy. This is the same as @code{top_builddir}, except that
2486 it contains of zero of more runs of @code{../}, so it should not be
2487 appended with a slash for concatenation. This helps for @command{make}
2488 implementations that otherwise do not treat @file{./file} and @file{file}
2489 as equal in the toplevel build directory.
2492 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2493 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2494 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2499 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2505 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2510 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2511 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2514 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2515 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2516 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2519 @node Installation Directory Variables
2520 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2521 @cindex Installation directories
2522 @cindex Directories, installation
2524 The following variables specify the directories for
2525 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2526 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2527 Standards}, for more information. Each variable corresponds to an
2528 argument of @command{configure}; trailing slashes are stripped so that
2529 expressions such as @samp{$@{prefix@}/lib} expand with only one slash
2530 between directory names. See the end of this section for
2531 details on when and how to use these variables.
2535 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2540 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2541 architecture-independent data.
2545 @ovindex datarootdir
2546 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2552 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2558 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2562 @ovindex exec_prefix
2563 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2564 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2565 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2566 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2567 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2572 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2577 The directory for installing C header files.
2582 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2587 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2592 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2597 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2598 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2599 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2602 @defvar localstatedir
2603 @ovindex localstatedir
2604 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2609 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2612 @defvar oldincludedir
2613 @ovindex oldincludedir
2614 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2619 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2624 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2625 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2626 architecture-independent files.
2631 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2636 The directory for installing executables that system
2640 @defvar sharedstatedir
2641 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2642 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2647 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2651 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2652 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2653 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2654 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2655 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2657 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2662 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2663 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2664 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2667 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2668 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2669 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2670 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2671 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2672 the final locations to there.
2675 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2676 @code{datarootdir} remains being defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share} to
2677 depend upon the current value of @code{prefix}.
2679 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2680 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2681 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2682 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2684 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2685 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2687 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2688 @code{datadir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2689 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2690 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2691 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2692 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2697 -e 's|@@datadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2698 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2702 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2704 $(edit) '$(srcdir)/$@@.in' >$@@.tmp
2711 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2712 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2716 Some details are noteworthy:
2719 @item @samp{@@datadir[@@]}
2720 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2721 @samp{@@datadir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2722 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2723 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2725 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2726 Don't use @samp{@@pkgdatadir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2730 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2732 variables you use, such as @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2733 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2735 @item special characters
2736 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2737 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2738 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2740 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2741 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2742 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2743 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2746 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2747 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2749 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2750 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2754 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2764 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2766 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2767 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2768 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2771 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2774 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2775 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2776 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2777 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2778 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2779 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2782 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2783 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2784 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2785 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2786 This variable is set by calling the
2787 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR(@var{library}, @var{version}}
2788 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2791 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2794 @node Changed Directory Variables
2795 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2796 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2798 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2799 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2800 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2801 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2802 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2803 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2804 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2805 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2806 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2809 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2813 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2814 it will add this for you.
2816 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2817 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2818 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2819 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2822 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2824 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2826 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2828 datadir = @@datadir@@
2831 configure: creating ./config.status
2832 config.status: creating Makefile
2833 config.status: WARNING:
2834 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2835 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2837 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2840 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2844 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2846 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2847 datadir = @@datadir@@
2849 configure: creating ./config.status
2850 config.status: creating Makefile
2851 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2853 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2854 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2857 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2858 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2859 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2860 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2861 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2862 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2865 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2869 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2870 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2871 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2875 @node Build Directories
2876 @subsection Build Directories
2877 @cindex Build directories
2878 @cindex Directories, build
2880 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2881 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2882 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2884 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2885 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2886 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
2887 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
2888 recommend @acronym{GNU} @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
2889 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2890 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2892 To support @code{VPATH}, each @file{Makefile.in} should contain two
2893 lines that look like:
2900 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2901 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2902 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2904 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2905 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2907 Do not use the @code{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2908 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2909 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2910 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2911 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2912 expand it to an empty value.
2914 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2915 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2918 time.info: time.texinfo
2919 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2922 @node Automatic Remaking
2923 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2924 @cindex Automatic remaking
2925 @cindex Remaking automatically
2927 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2928 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2929 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2930 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2931 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2932 any of these files that your package does not use.
2934 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2935 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2937 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2938 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2939 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2940 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} your
2941 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2942 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2943 (@pxref{Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use @command{echo} (using
2944 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
2949 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2950 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
2952 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
2953 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
2954 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2955 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
2956 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
2959 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
2962 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
2965 config.status: configure
2966 ./config.status --recheck
2971 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
2972 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
2974 In addition, you should use
2977 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
2981 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
2982 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
2984 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
2985 configuration-related dependencies.
2987 @node Configuration Headers
2988 @section Configuration Header Files
2989 @cindex Configuration Header
2990 @cindex @file{config.h}
2992 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
2993 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
2994 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
2995 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
2996 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
2997 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
2998 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
2999 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
3000 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
3001 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
3002 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
3004 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
3005 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
3006 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
3008 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
3009 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
3010 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
3011 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
3012 the build directory.
3014 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
3015 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
3016 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
3017 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
3020 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3021 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
3022 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
3023 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
3024 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
3025 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
3026 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
3027 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
3028 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
3030 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
3031 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
3032 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
3033 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
3035 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
3036 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
3037 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
3038 the input file name acceptable to @acronym{DOS} variants:
3041 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
3048 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
3049 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
3050 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
3051 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
3054 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
3055 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
3060 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
3063 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
3064 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
3065 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
3068 @node Header Templates
3069 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
3070 @cindex Configuration Header Template
3071 @cindex Header templates
3072 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
3074 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
3075 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
3076 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
3077 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
3080 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
3081 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
3085 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}. On
3086 systems that have @file{unistd.h}, @command{configure} defines
3087 @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H} to 1. On other systems, the whole line is
3088 commented out (in case the system predefines that symbol).
3092 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3093 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3097 Pay attention that @samp{#undef} is in the first column, and there is
3098 nothing after @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}, not even white space. You can
3099 then decode the configuration header using the preprocessor directives:
3105 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3106 # include <unistd.h>
3108 /* We are in trouble. */
3113 The use of old form templates, with @samp{#define} instead of
3114 @samp{#undef} is strongly discouraged. Similarly with old templates
3115 with comments on the same line as the @samp{#undef}. Anyway, putting
3116 comments in preprocessor macros has never been a good idea.
3118 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3119 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3122 @node autoheader Invocation
3123 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3124 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3126 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3127 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3128 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3129 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3130 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3131 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3133 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3134 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3135 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3136 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3137 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3138 prepend a boilerplate code.
3140 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3141 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3142 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3143 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3144 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3145 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3146 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3147 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3148 you need to document only those that you
3151 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3152 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3153 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3154 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3155 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3156 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3157 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3159 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3160 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3161 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3162 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3163 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3166 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3168 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3169 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3170 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3171 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3172 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3174 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3179 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3183 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3187 Report processing steps.
3191 Don't remove the temporary files.
3195 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3197 @item --include=@var{dir}
3199 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3201 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3203 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3205 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3206 @itemx -W @var{category}
3208 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3209 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3213 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3216 report all the warnings
3222 treats warnings as errors
3224 @item no-@var{category}
3225 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3232 @node Autoheader Macros
3233 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3234 @cindex Autoheader macros
3236 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3237 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3238 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3239 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3240 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3241 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3243 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3244 by @command{autoheader} from
3245 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3246 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3248 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3251 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3253 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3254 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3255 @var{description} is given.
3260 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3261 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3262 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3263 function is required for alloca.c support
3268 generates the following template, with the description properly
3272 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3273 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3274 support on those systems. */
3275 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3280 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3282 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3283 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3284 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3285 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3289 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3291 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3295 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3297 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3301 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3302 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3303 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3306 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3311 @node Configuration Commands
3312 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3313 @cindex Configuration commands
3314 @cindex Commands for configuration
3316 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3317 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3318 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3319 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3320 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3322 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3323 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3324 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3325 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3326 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3327 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3328 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3329 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3330 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3331 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3333 Here is an unrealistic example:
3336 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3337 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3341 Here is a better one:
3343 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3347 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3348 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3349 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3351 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3352 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3354 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3355 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3356 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3358 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3359 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3362 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3363 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3364 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3370 @node Configuration Links
3371 @section Creating Configuration Links
3372 @cindex Configuration links
3373 @cindex Links for configuration
3375 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3376 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3377 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3378 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3380 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
3381 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @
3383 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3385 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3386 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3387 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3388 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3389 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3390 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3392 For example, this call:
3395 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3396 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3400 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3401 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3402 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3404 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3405 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3409 ./config.status host.h object.h
3412 to create the links.
3417 @node Subdirectories
3418 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3419 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3420 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3422 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3423 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3424 that control more than one independent package can use
3425 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3426 packages in subdirectories.
3428 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3429 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3431 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3432 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3433 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3436 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3437 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3439 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3443 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3444 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3448 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3449 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3453 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3454 subdirectory is optional, write:
3457 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3458 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3462 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3463 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3464 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3465 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3466 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3467 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3468 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3469 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3471 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3472 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3473 changes if needed, which include:
3477 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3480 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3483 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3484 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3485 @file{configure} differ.
3488 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3489 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3490 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3492 This macro may be called multiple times.
3495 @node Default Prefix
3496 @section Default Prefix
3497 @cindex Install prefix
3498 @cindex Prefix for install
3500 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3501 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3502 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3503 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3504 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3506 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3507 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3508 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3510 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3511 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3512 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3516 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3517 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3518 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3519 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3521 @anchor{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3522 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3523 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3524 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3525 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3526 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3527 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3528 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3529 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3530 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3531 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3536 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3538 @node Existing Tests
3539 @chapter Existing Tests
3541 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3542 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3543 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3544 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3547 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3548 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3549 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3551 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3552 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3553 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3554 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3555 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3558 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3559 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3560 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3561 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3562 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3563 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3564 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3565 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3566 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3567 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3568 * System Services:: Operating system services
3569 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3570 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3573 @node Common Behavior
3574 @section Common Behavior
3575 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3577 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3578 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3579 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3580 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3581 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3585 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3586 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3589 @node Standard Symbols
3590 @subsection Standard Symbols
3591 @cindex Standard symbols
3593 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3594 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3595 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3596 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3597 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3602 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3606 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3610 @node Default Includes
3611 @subsection Default Includes
3612 @cindex Default includes
3613 @cindex Includes, default
3615 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3616 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3617 protected includes, such as:
3621 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3622 # include <sys/time.h>
3625 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3626 # include <sys/time.h>
3635 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3636 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3637 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3639 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3642 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3643 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3644 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3649 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3650 # include <sys/types.h>
3652 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
3653 # include <sys/stat.h>
3656 # include <stdlib.h>
3657 # include <stddef.h>
3659 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
3660 # include <stdlib.h>
3663 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
3664 # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
3665 # include <memory.h>
3667 # include <string.h>
3669 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
3670 # include <strings.h>
3672 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
3673 # include <inttypes.h>
3675 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
3676 # include <stdint.h>
3678 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3679 # include <unistd.h>
3684 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3685 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3686 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3688 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3689 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3690 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3691 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3694 @node Alternative Programs
3695 @section Alternative Programs
3696 @cindex Programs, checking
3698 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3699 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3700 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3701 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3702 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3703 general program-check macros.
3706 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3707 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3710 @node Particular Programs
3711 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3713 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3714 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3719 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3720 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3721 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3722 best implementation.
3725 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3728 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3729 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3730 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3731 @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3732 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3735 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3736 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3738 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3739 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3740 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3743 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3744 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3746 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3747 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3748 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3751 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3752 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3754 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3755 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3756 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3757 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3758 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3759 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3760 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3761 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3762 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3763 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3765 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3766 configuration files.
3768 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3769 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3770 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3771 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3772 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile. Further, this
3773 macro requires @command{install} to be able to install multiple files into a
3774 target directory in a single invocation.
3776 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3777 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3778 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3779 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3780 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3781 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3782 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3783 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3785 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3786 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3787 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3788 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3791 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3792 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
3794 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3795 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3796 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3797 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3798 nearly the same time.
3800 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3801 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3802 so your package should
3803 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3804 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3805 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3807 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3808 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3809 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3811 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3812 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3813 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3814 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3815 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3816 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3817 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3818 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3819 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3820 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3822 @samp{@@MKDIR_P@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3823 configuration files.
3826 @anchor{AC_PROG_LEX}
3831 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3832 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3833 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3834 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3835 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3838 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} defaults to @samp{char *} instead
3839 of to @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3840 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3841 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3842 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3844 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3845 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3846 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3847 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3848 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3849 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3850 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3851 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3852 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3856 if test "$LEX" != flex; then
3857 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3858 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3859 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3863 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3866 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3867 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3868 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3869 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3871 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3872 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3875 @anchor{AC_PROG_LN_S}
3876 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3879 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3880 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3881 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3882 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3884 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3885 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3886 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3887 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3888 where the link is to be created.
3890 In other words, it does not work to do:
3898 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3902 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3903 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3905 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3906 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3912 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3913 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3914 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3915 information about portability problems with Sed.
3918 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3921 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
3922 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
3923 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
3926 @node Generic Programs
3927 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
3929 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
3930 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
3931 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
3932 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
3933 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
3934 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
3938 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
3939 [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl
3940 [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
3943 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
3944 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
3945 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
3947 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROG}
3948 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3949 @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH}, @
3951 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
3952 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @var{path}. If
3953 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
3954 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
3955 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
3956 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
3957 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
3958 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
3962 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
3963 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3964 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3965 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
3966 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
3967 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @var{path}. If one is found, set
3968 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
3969 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
3970 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3971 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3972 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3975 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3976 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3977 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
3978 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3979 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
3980 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3981 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
3982 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
3984 As noted in @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the system type}, the
3985 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
3986 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
3987 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
3988 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
3989 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
3990 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
3993 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3994 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3995 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
3996 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3997 with a prefix of the host type as specified by @option{--host}, followed by a
3998 dash. For example, if the user runs
3999 @samp{configure --build=x86_64-gnu --host=i386-gnu}, then this call:
4001 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
4004 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
4005 @var{path}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
4006 @var{path}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
4008 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{only}
4009 accept program names that are prefixed with the host type.
4010 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the
4014 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4015 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4016 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
4017 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4018 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
4019 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
4020 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4021 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
4022 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
4023 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
4024 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
4025 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
4026 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4029 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4030 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4031 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
4032 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4033 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
4034 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
4035 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4036 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
4037 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
4038 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
4039 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
4040 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4042 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
4043 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
4046 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROG}
4047 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4048 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4050 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4051 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
4054 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROGS}
4055 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4056 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4057 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
4058 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
4059 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
4063 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK (@var{variable}, @
4064 @var{progs-to-check-for}, @var{feature-test}, @
4065 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4066 @acindex{PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK}
4067 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If @var{variable} is not
4068 empty, then set the cache variable @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} to
4069 its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
4070 list @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in @var{path}. For each program
4071 found, execute @var{feature-test} with @code{$ac_path_@var{variable}}
4072 set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
4073 @var{feature-test} sets the shell variable
4074 @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, then @var{action-if-not-found} is
4075 executed. @var{feature-test} will be run even when
4076 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} is set, to provide the ability to
4077 choose a better candidate found later in @var{path}; to accept the
4078 current setting and bypass all futher checks, @var{feature-test} can
4079 execute @code{ac_path_@var{variable}_found=:}.
4081 Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
4082 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}. It is designed to be run inside
4083 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
4084 particular, @var{variable} is not set to the final value of
4085 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, nor is @code{AC_SUBST} automatically
4086 run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
4087 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} only performs
4088 @code{@var{variable}=@var{value-if-not-found}}.
4090 Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
4091 script. It will search for an implementation of @command{m4} that
4092 supports the @code{indir} builtin, even if it goes by the name
4093 @command{gm4} or is not the first implementation on @env{PATH}.
4096 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4],
4097 [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
4098 [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4`
4099 test "x$m4out" = x0 \
4100 && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
4101 [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])])
4102 AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
4106 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4107 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4108 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
4109 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4110 name of the program if it is found.
4113 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4114 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4116 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4117 name of the program if it is found.
4119 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
4120 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
4126 @cindex File, checking
4128 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
4129 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
4130 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
4131 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
4133 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4134 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4135 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
4136 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
4137 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
4138 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
4141 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4142 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4143 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
4144 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
4145 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
4146 for each file found.
4151 @section Library Files
4152 @cindex Library, checking
4154 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
4155 library archive files.
4157 @anchor{AC_CHECK_LIB}
4158 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @
4159 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4161 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4162 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4163 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4165 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4166 the @var{library} argument.
4168 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4169 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4170 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4171 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4172 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4173 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4174 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4175 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4176 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4177 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4178 detection of libraries.
4180 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4181 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4182 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4183 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4184 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
4185 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4186 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4187 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4189 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4190 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4191 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4192 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4193 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4194 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4195 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4198 @anchor{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}
4199 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @
4200 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4201 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4202 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4203 available. This equates to calling
4204 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4205 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4207 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4208 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4209 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4211 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4212 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4213 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4214 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4215 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4216 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4221 @node Library Functions
4222 @section Library Functions
4224 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4225 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4226 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4227 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4230 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4231 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4232 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4235 @node Function Portability
4236 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4237 @cindex Portability of C functions
4238 @cindex C function portability
4240 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4241 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4242 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4243 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4248 @prindex @code{exit}
4249 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4250 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4251 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4253 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4254 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4255 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4256 @code{main} instead.
4260 @prindex @code{free}
4261 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4262 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4268 @prindex @code{isinf}
4269 @prindex @code{isnan}
4270 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4271 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4272 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4273 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4274 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4275 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4276 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4277 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4279 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4280 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4281 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4282 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4283 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4285 To work around this porting mess, you can use code like the following.
4292 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4293 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4295 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4296 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4297 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4302 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4303 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4305 static inline int isinf_f (float x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4306 static inline int isinf_d (double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4307 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4311 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4312 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4313 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4314 typically have missing or broken @code{isnan} functions anyway, so it's
4315 probably not worth worrying about.
4319 @prindex @code{malloc}
4320 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4321 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4322 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4323 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4324 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4328 @prindex @code{putenv}
4329 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4330 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4333 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4334 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4335 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4336 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4338 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4339 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4340 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4342 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4343 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4345 @item @code{realloc}
4347 @prindex @code{realloc}
4348 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4349 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4352 @item @code{signal} handler
4354 @prindex @code{signal}
4355 @prindex @code{sigaction}
4356 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4357 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4358 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4359 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4361 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4362 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4363 available. The obsolete macro @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
4364 (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}) can be used to establish the correct type in
4367 In most cases, it is more robust to use @code{sigaction} when it is
4368 available, rather than @code{signal}.
4370 @item @code{snprintf}
4371 @c @fuindex snprintf
4372 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4373 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4374 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4375 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4376 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4377 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4378 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4379 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4380 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4381 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4382 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4385 @item @code{sprintf}
4387 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4388 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4389 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4390 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4391 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4392 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4393 longer need to be worried about.
4397 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4398 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires
4400 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4401 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4402 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4403 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4404 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4405 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4407 @item @code{strerror_r}
4408 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4409 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4410 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4411 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4412 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4413 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4415 @item @code{strnlen}
4417 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4418 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4422 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4423 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4424 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4425 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4426 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4427 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4428 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4429 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4430 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4431 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4434 @item @code{sysconf}
4436 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4437 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4438 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4443 @prindex @code{unlink}
4444 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4445 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4446 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4447 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4449 @item @code{unsetenv}
4450 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4451 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4452 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4453 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4454 @code{putenv} above.
4456 @item @code{va_copy}
4458 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4459 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4460 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4461 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4462 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4463 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4466 @item @code{va_list}
4468 @prindex @code{va_list}
4469 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4470 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4471 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4472 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4473 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4474 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4477 @item Signed @code{>>}
4478 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4479 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4480 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4481 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4482 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4485 @item Integer @code{/}
4486 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4487 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4488 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4489 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4490 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4495 @node Particular Functions
4496 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4497 @cindex Function, checking
4499 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4500 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4502 @anchor{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
4503 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4504 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4506 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4509 @prindex @code{alloca}
4511 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4512 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4513 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4514 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4516 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4517 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4518 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4519 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4520 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4521 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4522 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4523 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4524 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4525 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4527 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4528 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4529 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4530 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4531 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4532 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4534 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4535 like the following, to declare it properly.
4539 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4540 # include <alloca.h>
4541 #elif defined __GNUC__
4542 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4544 # define alloca __alloca
4545 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4546 # include <malloc.h>
4547 # define alloca _alloca
4549 # include <stddef.h>
4553 void *alloca (size_t);
4559 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4560 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4563 @prindex @code{chown}
4564 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4565 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4569 @anchor{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4570 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4571 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4572 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4573 @c @fuindex closedir
4574 @prindex @code{closedir}
4575 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4576 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4577 return value for an error indicator.
4579 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4580 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4581 return a meaningful value is made.
4583 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4584 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4587 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4588 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4589 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4590 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4591 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4592 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4595 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4596 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4598 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4599 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4600 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4601 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4603 Unlike the other specific
4604 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4605 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4606 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4608 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4609 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4612 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4613 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4615 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4616 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4617 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4618 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4621 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4622 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4625 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FORK}
4626 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4628 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4629 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4630 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4633 @prindex @code{fork}
4635 @prindex @code{vfork}
4637 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4638 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4639 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4641 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4642 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4643 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4644 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4645 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4646 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4647 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4648 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4649 their signal handlers.
4651 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4652 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4653 yourself in new code:
4656 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4663 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4664 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4665 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4666 @cvindex HAVE_FSEEKO
4668 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4669 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4670 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4671 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4672 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4673 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4677 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4678 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4679 @cvindex HAVE_GETGROUPS
4680 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4681 @c @fuindex getgroups
4682 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4683 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4684 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4685 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4686 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4689 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4690 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4691 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4696 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4697 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4698 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
4699 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4700 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4702 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4704 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4705 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4706 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4707 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4708 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4709 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4710 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4712 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4713 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4714 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4715 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4716 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4717 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4722 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4725 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4730 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4733 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4734 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4735 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4738 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4739 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4740 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4741 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4742 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4746 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
4747 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4750 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4751 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4752 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4753 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4754 @c @fuindex getmntent
4755 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4756 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4757 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4758 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4759 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4762 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4763 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4764 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4767 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4768 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4769 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4770 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4771 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4772 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4782 This macro does not check whether
4783 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4784 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4786 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4787 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4790 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4791 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4792 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4794 @prindex @code{lstat}
4795 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4796 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4797 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4799 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4800 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4801 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4803 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4804 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4805 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4808 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4809 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4810 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4813 @prindex @code{malloc}
4814 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4815 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4816 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4817 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4818 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4819 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4821 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4822 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4828 #include <sys/types.h>
4832 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4833 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4836 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4845 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4846 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4849 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4850 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4851 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4852 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4853 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4854 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4856 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4857 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4860 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4861 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4862 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4864 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4865 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4866 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4869 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4870 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4873 @prindex @code{mktime}
4874 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4875 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4876 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4877 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4881 @anchor{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
4882 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4886 @prindex @code{mmap}
4887 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4888 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4892 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4893 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4894 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4896 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4897 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4900 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4901 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4902 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4905 @prindex @code{realloc}
4906 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4907 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4908 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4909 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4910 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4911 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4912 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
4915 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
4916 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
4917 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
4918 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
4919 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
4921 @prindex @code{select}
4922 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
4923 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
4924 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
4925 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
4926 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
4927 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
4929 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
4930 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4933 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
4934 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
4935 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
4937 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
4938 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
4939 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
4940 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
4941 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4942 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
4944 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
4945 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4948 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
4949 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
4951 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
4952 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4953 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4955 @prindex @code{stat}
4957 @prindex @code{lstat}
4958 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
4959 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
4960 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
4963 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
4964 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
4967 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4968 New programs need not use these macros.
4971 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
4972 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
4973 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
4974 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
4976 @prindex @code{strcoll}
4977 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
4978 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
4979 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
4980 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
4983 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
4984 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4985 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
4986 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
4987 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
4988 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4989 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4990 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
4991 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
4992 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
4993 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
4994 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
4995 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
4996 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
4997 the buffer argument.
5000 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}
5001 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
5002 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
5003 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
5004 @c @fuindex strftime
5005 @prindex @code{strftime}
5006 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
5007 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
5009 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
5010 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
5013 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
5014 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
5017 @prindex @code{strtod}
5018 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
5019 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
5020 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
5021 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
5024 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
5025 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
5026 @cvindex HAVE_STRTOLD
5027 @prindex @code{strtold}
5028 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
5029 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
5032 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
5033 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
5034 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
5036 @prindex @code{strnlen}
5037 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
5038 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
5041 @anchor{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5042 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
5043 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5044 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
5046 @prindex @code{utime}
5047 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
5048 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
5050 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
5051 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
5054 @anchor{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
5055 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
5056 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
5057 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
5058 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
5060 @prindex @code{vprintf}
5061 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
5062 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
5063 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
5064 are also available.)
5066 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
5067 New programs need not use this macro.
5070 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
5071 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
5073 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5074 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
5075 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
5076 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
5078 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
5079 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
5080 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
5081 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
5082 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
5083 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
5085 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
5086 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
5087 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
5092 @node Generic Functions
5093 @subsection Generic Function Checks
5095 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
5096 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
5097 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
5098 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
5099 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
5100 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5102 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
5103 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5104 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5105 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
5106 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
5107 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
5108 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
5109 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
5110 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
5111 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
5112 about selecting the language for checks.)
5115 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
5116 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5117 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5118 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
5119 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5120 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5121 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5122 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5123 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
5124 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
5125 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
5126 functions is not found.
5129 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
5130 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
5131 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5132 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5133 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5134 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
5135 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5136 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5137 early during the @command{configure} run.
5142 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
5143 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
5144 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
5145 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
5146 package must be ready to replace them.
5148 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
5149 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
5151 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
5154 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
5155 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
5157 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
5158 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
5159 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
5160 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
5163 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
5165 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
5166 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
5167 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
5169 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
5170 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
5171 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
5172 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
5173 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
5174 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
5175 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
5178 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
5179 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
5180 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5184 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5185 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5187 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5188 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5189 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5192 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5193 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5194 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5195 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5198 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5199 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5203 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5204 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5205 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5206 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5207 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5208 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5209 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5211 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5212 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5213 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5214 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5215 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5216 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5217 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5222 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5223 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5224 a convenient shorthand.
5226 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5227 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5228 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5230 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5231 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5232 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5233 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5234 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5239 @section Header Files
5240 @cindex Header, checking
5242 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5243 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5244 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5245 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5248 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5249 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5250 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5253 @node Header Portability
5254 @subsection Portability of Headers
5255 @cindex Portability of headers
5256 @cindex Header portability
5258 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5259 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5260 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5264 @item @file{limits.h}
5265 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5266 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5267 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5270 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5271 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5273 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5274 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5275 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5276 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5277 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5280 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5281 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5282 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5284 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5285 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5286 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5288 @item @file{net/if.h}
5290 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5291 beforehand. One should run:
5294 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5295 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5298 # include <stdlib.h>
5299 # include <stddef.h>
5301 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5302 # include <stdlib.h>
5305 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5306 # include <sys/socket.h>
5311 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5312 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5313 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5314 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5317 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5318 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5321 # include <stdlib.h>
5322 # include <stddef.h>
5324 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5325 # include <stdlib.h>
5328 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5329 # include <sys/socket.h>
5334 @item @file{stdint.h}
5335 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5337 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5339 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5341 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5342 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5343 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5344 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5346 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5347 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5348 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5350 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5351 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5352 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5354 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5355 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5356 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5358 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5359 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5360 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5361 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5364 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5365 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5371 @node Particular Headers
5372 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5374 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5375 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5377 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5378 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5381 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5382 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5383 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5386 @anchor{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
5387 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5388 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5389 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5390 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5391 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5392 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5394 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5395 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5397 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5398 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5400 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5401 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5402 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5403 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5404 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5407 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5408 something like the following:
5412 #include <sys/types.h>
5413 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5414 # include <dirent.h>
5415 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5417 # define dirent direct
5418 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5419 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5420 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5422 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5423 # include <sys/dir.h>
5432 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5433 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5434 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5435 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5437 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5439 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5440 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5442 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5443 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5446 @anchor{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
5447 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5448 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5449 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5450 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5451 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5452 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5453 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5454 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5455 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5456 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5459 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5460 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5461 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5463 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5464 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5468 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5469 # include <sys/types.h>
5471 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5472 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5474 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5475 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5484 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STAT}
5485 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5486 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5487 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5488 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5489 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5490 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5491 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5492 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5494 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5495 New programs need not use this macro.
5498 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5499 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5500 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5502 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5504 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5505 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5506 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5507 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5510 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5511 # include <stdbool.h>
5517 # define _Bool signed char
5523 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5527 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5528 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5529 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5533 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STDC}
5534 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5535 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5536 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5542 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5543 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5544 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5545 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5546 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5547 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5548 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5549 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5550 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5551 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5553 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5554 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5557 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5558 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5561 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5562 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5563 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5564 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5565 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5566 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5567 standard headers, there is so much variation
5568 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5569 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5570 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5571 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5572 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5573 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5574 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5575 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5576 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5577 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5578 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5581 # This example is obsolescent.
5582 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5584 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5588 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5592 /* This example is obsolescent.
5593 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5595 # include <string.h>
5597 # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
5598 # define strchr index
5599 # define strrchr rindex
5601 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5602 # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
5603 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5604 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5611 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5612 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5613 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5614 each function. An easy
5615 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5616 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5617 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5618 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5621 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5622 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5623 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5624 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5625 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5626 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5627 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5628 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5629 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5630 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5635 #include <sys/types.h>
5636 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5637 # include <sys/wait.h>
5640 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5643 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5649 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5650 New programs need not use this macro.
5653 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5655 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5656 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5657 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5658 have @file{unistd.h}.
5660 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5664 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
5665 # include <sys/types.h>
5666 # include <unistd.h>
5669 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5670 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5675 @anchor{AC_HEADER_TIME}
5676 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5677 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5678 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5680 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5681 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5682 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5683 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5684 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5685 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5686 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5687 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5688 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5689 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5693 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5694 # include <sys/time.h>
5697 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5698 # include <sys/time.h>
5707 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5708 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5712 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5713 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5714 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5715 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5716 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5717 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5718 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5719 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5720 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5726 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
5727 # include <termios.h>
5730 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5731 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5737 @node Generic Headers
5738 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5740 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5741 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5742 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5743 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5745 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
5746 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5747 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5748 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5749 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5750 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5751 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5752 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5755 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5756 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5757 prior to the header under test.
5759 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5763 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5764 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @
5765 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5766 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5767 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5768 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5769 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5770 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5771 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5772 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5773 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5774 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5775 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5777 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5778 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5779 prior to the headers under test.
5781 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5785 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5786 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5787 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5788 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5789 headers that clashed at compile-time. If you need to check whether a
5790 header is preprocessable, you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
5791 (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5793 This scheme, which improves the robustness of the test, also requires
5794 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5795 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5796 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5797 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5801 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5802 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5809 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5810 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5812 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5813 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5814 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5815 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5816 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5817 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5818 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5819 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5820 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5821 early during the @command{configure} run.
5825 @section Declarations
5826 @cindex Declaration, checking
5828 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5829 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5830 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5831 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5832 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5835 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5836 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5839 @node Particular Declarations
5840 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5842 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5844 @node Generic Declarations
5845 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5847 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5850 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5851 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5852 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5853 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
5854 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5855 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}.
5856 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5857 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5858 prior to the declaration under test.
5860 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
5861 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
5862 is much safer to avoid
5863 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5866 @anchor{AC_CHECK_DECLS}
5867 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5868 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5869 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5870 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5871 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5872 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5873 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5874 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5875 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5876 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5878 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5879 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5880 prior to the declarations under test.
5882 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5884 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5885 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5886 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5887 AC_CHECK_DECLS([j0], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
5890 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5891 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5892 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5893 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5894 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
5897 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
5898 extern char *symbol;
5903 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
5904 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
5905 with the system's one, you should use:
5908 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
5909 void *malloc (size_t *s);
5914 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
5915 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
5916 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
5919 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
5920 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
5921 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5922 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5923 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5924 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
5925 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
5926 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
5927 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
5928 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
5934 @cindex Structure, checking
5936 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
5937 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5938 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
5939 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5940 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5943 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
5944 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
5947 @node Particular Structures
5948 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
5950 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
5952 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5953 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
5954 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5955 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5956 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
5957 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
5959 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
5960 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
5961 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
5962 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
5963 zero @code{d_ino} values.
5964 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
5965 entry that is a mount point.
5968 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5969 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
5970 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5971 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5972 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
5973 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
5976 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5977 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
5978 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5979 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
5980 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
5982 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
5983 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
5984 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
5985 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
5989 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
5991 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
5993 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5994 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
5995 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
5996 had better define @code{struct tm}.
5998 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
5999 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
6002 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6003 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
6004 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6005 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
6006 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
6007 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
6008 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
6009 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
6010 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
6011 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
6012 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
6013 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
6016 @node Generic Structures
6017 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
6019 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
6020 ``particular'' test macros.
6022 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @
6023 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
6024 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6025 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
6026 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
6027 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6028 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6031 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
6032 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
6033 [[#include <pwd.h>]])
6036 You can use this macro for submembers:
6039 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
6043 @anchor{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
6044 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6045 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6046 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
6047 @cvindex HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
6048 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
6049 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
6050 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
6051 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
6052 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
6053 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
6054 of the members that could not be found.
6056 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6057 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6058 prior to the members under test.
6060 This macro uses M4 lists:
6062 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
6072 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
6073 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
6074 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
6075 use a general type-check macro.
6078 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
6079 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
6082 @node Particular Types
6083 @subsection Particular Type Checks
6085 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
6088 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6089 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
6090 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
6093 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
6094 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
6095 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
6097 @anchor{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6098 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
6099 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6100 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
6101 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
6102 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
6105 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
6106 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
6107 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
6109 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6110 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
6111 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
6112 representation, if such a type exists.
6113 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
6114 use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
6118 # include <stdint.h>
6120 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
6121 @emph{code using int8_t}
6123 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
6128 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
6129 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
6130 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
6132 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6135 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
6136 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
6137 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
6139 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6142 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
6143 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
6144 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
6146 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6149 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
6150 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
6151 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
6153 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
6154 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
6155 widest signed integer type.
6158 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
6159 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
6160 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
6162 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
6163 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
6164 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6168 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
6169 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
6170 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
6171 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
6172 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
6173 same range and precision as @code{double}.
6175 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
6176 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
6179 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6180 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
6181 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6182 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
6183 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
6184 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
6187 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
6188 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
6189 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
6190 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
6191 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6192 @code{long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6193 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6194 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6197 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
6198 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6201 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6202 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6203 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6206 @anchor{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
6207 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6208 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6210 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6214 @anchor{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
6215 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6216 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6218 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6222 @anchor{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
6223 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6224 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6226 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6230 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
6231 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6232 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6234 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6238 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6239 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6241 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6245 @anchor{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
6246 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6247 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6250 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6251 headers do not define them.
6254 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6255 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6256 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6258 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6259 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6260 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6262 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
6265 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6266 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6267 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6269 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6272 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6273 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6274 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6276 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6279 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6280 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6281 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6283 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6286 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6287 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6288 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6290 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6291 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6292 widest unsigned integer type.
6295 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6296 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6297 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6299 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6300 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6301 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6305 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6306 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6307 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6308 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6309 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6310 @code{unsigned long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6311 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6312 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6316 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6318 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6321 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6322 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6323 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6324 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6325 or defined by the @var{includes}. @var{includes} is a series of include
6326 directives, defaulting to @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default
6327 Includes}), which are used prior to the type under test.
6329 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
6330 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
6331 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
6332 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
6333 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
6337 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6338 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6339 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6340 @cvindex HAVE_@var{type}
6341 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6342 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
6343 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
6344 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6345 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6346 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6347 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6349 This macro uses M4 lists:
6351 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6352 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6353 AC_CHECK_TYPES([float_t], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
6358 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6359 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6360 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
6361 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6362 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6365 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6366 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6368 @cindex Preprocessors
6371 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6372 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6373 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6374 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6377 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6378 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6379 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6381 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6382 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6383 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6387 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6388 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6389 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6390 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6391 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6392 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6393 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6396 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6397 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6399 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6402 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6403 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6404 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6405 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6409 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6413 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6414 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the
6415 ``bundled'') on @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6416 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6417 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6418 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6419 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6420 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6421 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6424 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6425 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6427 @anchor{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
6428 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @
6429 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6430 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6431 @cvindex SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}
6432 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
6433 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
6434 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
6435 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0.
6436 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6437 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6438 prior to the expression under test.
6440 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6441 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6443 For example, the call
6446 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6450 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6453 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6454 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6455 @cvindex ALIGNOF_@var{type}
6456 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6457 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
6458 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
6459 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6460 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6463 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @
6464 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
6465 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
6466 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
6467 @var{expression}. The
6468 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
6469 long}. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
6470 hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
6471 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the
6472 default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6474 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
6477 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6478 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6479 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6480 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6481 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6482 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6483 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6485 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6486 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6493 @ovindex OPENMP_CFLAGS
6494 @ovindex OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
6495 @ovindex OPENMP_FFLAGS
6496 @ovindex OPENMP_FCFLAGS
6497 OpenMP (@url{http://www.openmp.org/}) specifies extensions of C, C++,
6498 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
6499 which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
6501 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
6502 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
6503 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
6504 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
6505 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
6506 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
6508 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
6509 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
6510 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
6511 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
6512 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
6513 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
6516 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
6517 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
6518 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
6520 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
6521 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
6524 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
6525 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
6526 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
6527 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
6528 signals OpenMP support.
6532 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6534 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6535 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6536 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6539 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6540 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6541 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6542 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6547 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6551 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6553 char apostrophe = '\\
6561 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6562 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6563 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6565 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6566 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6567 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6576 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6577 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6578 b.o} solves the issue.
6580 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6581 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6582 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6583 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6584 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6585 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6586 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6587 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6589 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6590 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6591 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6592 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6593 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6594 @code{#line} directives.
6597 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6601 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6602 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6603 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6606 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6607 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6608 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6609 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6610 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6614 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6617 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6618 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6619 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6620 modes on various systems.
6622 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6623 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6625 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6626 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6628 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6629 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6630 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6631 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6635 @anchor{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
6636 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6637 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6638 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6639 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6640 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6641 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6642 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6643 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6651 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6652 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6653 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6656 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6657 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6658 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6659 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6660 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6661 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6664 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6665 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6667 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6668 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6669 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6670 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6674 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6675 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6676 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6677 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6679 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6680 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6681 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6682 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6683 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6684 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6686 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6687 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6688 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6691 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6692 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6693 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6694 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6695 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6696 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6697 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6699 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6700 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6701 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6703 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6706 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6707 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6708 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6709 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6710 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6711 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6712 @code{//} comments, flexible array members, @code{inline}, signed and
6713 unsigned @code{long long int}, mixed code and declarations, named
6714 initialization of structs,
6715 @code{restrict}, @code{va_copy}, varargs macros, variable declarations
6716 in @code{for} loops, and variable length arrays.
6718 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6719 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6720 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6723 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6724 @acindex{C_BACKSLASH_A}
6725 @cvindex HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
6726 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6729 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6730 New programs need not use this macro.
6733 @anchor{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
6734 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @
6735 @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
6736 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6737 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6739 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6740 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6741 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6742 @var{action-if-false}.
6744 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6745 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6746 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6747 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6749 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
6750 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
6751 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
6752 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
6753 different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
6754 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
6755 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
6757 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6758 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6759 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6760 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
6761 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to define
6762 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} or not, depending on the architecture that the
6763 code is being generated for.
6765 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
6766 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
6767 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
6775 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6776 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6777 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6778 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6779 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6780 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6781 defines it as empty.
6783 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6784 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6785 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6792 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6793 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6795 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6796 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6797 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6798 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6799 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6801 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6802 New programs need not use this macro.
6805 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6806 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6808 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
6809 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
6810 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
6811 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
6812 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
6813 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6814 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6815 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6816 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6817 or configuration header defines it away.
6819 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6820 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6821 This macro works for them, too.
6824 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6825 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6827 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6828 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6829 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6830 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6833 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6834 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6835 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6836 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6837 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6838 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
6840 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6841 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6842 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6843 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6845 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6846 New programs need not use this macro.
6849 @anchor{AC_C_INLINE}
6853 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6854 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6855 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6858 @anchor{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6859 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6860 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6861 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6862 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6863 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6866 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6867 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6868 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6869 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6870 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6871 found in macros such as this:
6877 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6878 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
6881 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6882 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
6883 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6884 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
6885 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
6886 That way, a declaration like this:
6892 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
6897 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
6898 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
6899 object, you can use code like this:
6903 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
6905 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
6906 + n * sizeof (double));
6908 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
6909 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
6913 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
6914 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
6915 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
6916 If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
6917 @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
6918 storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
6924 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
6926 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
6928 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
6929 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
6930 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
6933 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
6934 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
6936 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
6938 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
6939 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
6940 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
6941 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
6943 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
6944 New programs need not use this macro.
6947 @anchor{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6948 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
6949 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6951 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
6952 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
6953 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
6954 have not been installed on an old system.
6956 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
6957 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
6962 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
6965 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6969 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
6970 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
6971 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
6973 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
6974 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
6975 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
6976 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
6978 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6979 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
6980 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6981 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
6982 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
6986 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
6989 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
6990 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
6991 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
6992 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
6996 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
6997 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
6999 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
7000 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
7001 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
7002 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
7004 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
7005 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
7006 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
7007 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
7008 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
7011 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
7012 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
7013 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7014 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7015 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
7020 @node Objective C Compiler
7021 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
7024 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7028 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
7029 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
7030 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
7032 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7033 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
7034 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
7035 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
7036 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
7040 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
7043 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
7044 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
7045 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
7046 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
7047 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
7050 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
7051 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
7053 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
7054 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
7058 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
7059 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
7062 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
7063 Erlang/OTP programs:
7065 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7066 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
7069 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
7070 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
7071 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
7072 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
7074 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7075 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
7076 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7080 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7084 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7085 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
7086 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
7087 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
7088 program is not found.
7091 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7092 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
7094 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already
7096 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
7097 complete path of the interpreter command found.
7099 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7100 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
7101 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7105 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7109 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7110 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
7111 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
7112 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
7113 program is not found.
7117 @node Fortran Compiler
7118 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
7122 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
7123 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
7124 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
7125 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
7126 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
7127 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
7128 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
7130 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
7131 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
7132 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
7136 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7140 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
7141 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
7142 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
7143 of the compiler found.
7145 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7146 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
7147 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
7148 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
7149 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
7150 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
7153 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
7156 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
7157 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
7158 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
7159 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
7160 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
7161 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
7164 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
7168 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
7169 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
7170 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
7171 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
7174 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
7175 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
7176 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
7177 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
7178 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
7179 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
7180 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
7181 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
7182 the latest Fortran standard.
7184 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
7185 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
7186 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
7188 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
7189 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
7190 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
7191 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
7194 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
7195 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
7196 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
7197 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
7198 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7199 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7200 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7201 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
7202 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
7205 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
7206 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
7207 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
7208 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
7209 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
7210 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7213 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7214 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7215 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7217 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7219 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
7220 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
7221 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
7222 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
7223 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
7225 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
7226 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
7227 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
7228 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
7230 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
7231 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
7232 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
7233 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
7236 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
7237 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
7238 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
7239 these Fortran libraries.
7241 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7242 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
7243 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
7246 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7247 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7248 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
7249 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7250 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
7251 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
7252 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
7253 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
7254 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
7255 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7256 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
7259 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
7260 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
7261 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
7262 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
7263 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
7264 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
7265 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7266 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
7267 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
7269 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7270 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
7271 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
7272 exiting with an error.
7274 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
7275 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
7279 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7283 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
7287 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7289 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
7290 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
7291 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
7300 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
7301 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
7302 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
7303 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
7304 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
7305 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
7306 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
7307 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
7308 simply defined to @code{main}.)
7310 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
7311 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
7317 int F77_MAIN(int argc, char *argv[]);
7320 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7323 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
7324 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
7325 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
7328 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
7331 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
7332 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
7333 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
7334 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
7337 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
7338 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
7339 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
7340 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
7341 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
7342 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
7343 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
7344 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
7347 subroutine foobar (x, y)
7348 double precision x, y
7354 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
7357 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
7359 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
7361 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
7364 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
7365 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
7366 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
7367 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
7370 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7372 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
7373 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
7374 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
7375 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
7376 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
7377 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
7379 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
7383 double x = 2.7183, y;
7384 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
7388 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
7389 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
7390 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
7391 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
7395 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7396 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7399 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7400 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7401 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7402 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7403 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7404 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7405 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7406 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7409 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
7410 @ovar{action-if-failure})
7412 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7413 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7414 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7415 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7416 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7417 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7418 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7420 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7421 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7422 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7423 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7424 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7425 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7427 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7428 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7429 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7430 to compile such files.
7432 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7433 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7434 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7435 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7436 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7437 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7438 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7443 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7446 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7447 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7448 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7449 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7454 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7455 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7457 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7458 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7459 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7460 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7462 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7463 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7464 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7465 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7466 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7467 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7469 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7470 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7471 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7475 @node System Services
7476 @section System Services
7478 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7484 @cindex X Window System
7485 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7486 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7487 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7489 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7490 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7491 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7492 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7493 disables this method.
7495 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7496 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7497 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7498 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7499 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7501 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7502 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7503 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7506 @anchor{AC_PATH_XTRA}
7507 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7511 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7513 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7514 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7515 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7516 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7519 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7520 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7521 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7522 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7523 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7525 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7526 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7527 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7528 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7531 @anchor{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}
7532 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7533 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7534 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7535 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7536 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7537 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7538 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7541 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7542 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7543 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7544 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7546 @cindex Large file support
7549 @uref{http://www.unix-systems.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7550 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7551 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7552 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7553 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7555 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7556 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7558 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7559 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7560 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7561 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7564 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7565 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7566 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7567 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7571 @anchor{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7572 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7573 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7574 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7575 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7576 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7579 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7580 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7581 @cindex Posix termios headers
7582 @cindex termios Posix headers
7583 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7584 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7585 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7588 @node Posix Variants
7589 @section Posix Variants
7591 The following macro makes it possible to use features of Posix that are
7592 extensions to C, as well as platform extensions not defined by Posix.
7594 @anchor{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7595 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7596 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7597 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7598 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7600 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7601 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7602 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7603 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
7604 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7605 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.60. If possible, enable
7606 extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally disable the extensions,
7607 typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues. This should be
7608 called before any macros that run the C compiler. The following
7609 preprocessor macros are defined where appropriate:
7613 Enable extensions on @acronym{GNU}/Linux.
7614 @item __EXTENSIONS__
7615 Enable general extensions on Solaris.
7616 @item _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7617 Enable threading extensions on Solaris.
7618 @item _TANDEM_SOURCE
7619 Enable extensions for the @acronym{HP} NonStop platform.
7621 Enable extensions for @acronym{AIX} 3, and for Interix.
7623 Enable Posix functions for Minix.
7624 @item _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7625 Enable additional Posix functions for Minix.
7627 Identify Minix platform. This particular preprocessor macro is
7628 obsolescent, and may be removed in a future release of Autoconf.
7633 @node Erlang Libraries
7634 @section Erlang Libraries
7635 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7637 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7638 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7639 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7640 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7642 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7643 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7644 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7646 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base
7647 directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's
7648 @code{code:root_dir/0} function). The result of this test is cached if
7649 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7652 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7653 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7654 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7656 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7657 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7658 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7659 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7660 when running @command{configure}.
7663 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7664 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7665 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7666 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7667 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
7669 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
7670 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
7671 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7672 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
7673 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
7674 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
7675 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
7676 library installation directory, and the output variable
7677 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
7678 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
7679 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
7680 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
7681 empty string. If the library is not installed,
7682 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
7683 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
7684 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
7687 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7688 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
7689 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
7690 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7694 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7695 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7696 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7698 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7699 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7700 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7702 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7703 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
7705 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7706 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7707 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7710 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7711 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7712 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7714 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7715 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7716 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7717 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7718 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7719 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7720 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7727 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7730 @chapter Writing Tests
7732 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7733 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7734 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7735 available and report the results.
7737 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7738 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7739 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7740 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7741 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7742 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7744 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7745 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7746 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7747 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7748 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7749 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7750 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7753 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7754 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7755 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7758 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7759 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7760 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7761 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7762 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7763 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7764 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7765 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7768 @node Language Choice
7769 @section Language Choice
7772 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7773 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7774 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7775 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7776 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7777 @file{configure.ac}.
7780 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7781 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7782 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7784 Supported languages are:
7788 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7789 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7790 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7793 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7794 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7795 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7796 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7799 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7800 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7803 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7804 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7805 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7811 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7812 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7815 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
7816 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7817 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7818 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7822 @anchor{AC_LANG_PUSH}
7823 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7825 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7826 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7827 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7830 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7832 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7833 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7835 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7836 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7837 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7840 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7841 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7843 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7847 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7848 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7849 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7850 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7852 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7853 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7854 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7855 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7856 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7857 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7858 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7859 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7860 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7861 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7862 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@dots{}
7866 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7867 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7868 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7869 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7870 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7871 depending on which language is current.
7875 @node Writing Test Programs
7876 @section Writing Test Programs
7878 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7879 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7880 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
7883 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
7884 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
7885 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
7889 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
7891 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
7893 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
7895 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
7896 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
7897 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
7899 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
7900 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
7901 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
7902 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
7903 other headers included before, especially required headers.
7905 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
7906 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
7909 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
7910 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
7911 otherwise, so that success
7912 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
7913 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
7914 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
7915 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
7916 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
7918 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
7919 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
7920 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
7921 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
7922 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
7926 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
7927 # include <stdbool.h>
7932 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
7933 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
7934 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
7935 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like @acronym{GCC} with the
7936 @option{-Wundef} option.
7938 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
7939 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
7940 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
7941 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
7943 @node Test Functions
7944 @subsection Test Functions
7946 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
7947 (introduced in C89).
7949 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
7950 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
7951 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
7957 void *valloc (size_t);
7960 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
7961 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
7962 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
7963 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
7964 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
7966 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
7968 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
7969 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
7970 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
7972 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
7973 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
7974 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
7975 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
7978 @node Generating Sources
7979 @subsection Generating Sources
7981 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
7982 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
7983 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
7984 ``format'' the output properly.
7987 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
7988 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
7989 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
7990 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
7993 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
7994 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
7995 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
7998 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
7999 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
8000 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
8001 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
8004 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
8007 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8008 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8009 [Greetings string.])
8012 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
8013 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
8023 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
8024 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
8025 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
8026 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
8027 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
8028 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
8030 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8033 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
8034 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
8037 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
8038 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
8039 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8040 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
8041 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
8048 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8049 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8050 [Greetings string.])
8052 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8053 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
8054 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
8064 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
8065 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
8066 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
8067 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
8068 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
8069 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
8071 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8081 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
8082 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports
8084 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
8085 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
8086 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
8087 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
8088 constraints on this function's behavior).
8093 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8096 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
8097 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
8107 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
8109 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
8113 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
8115 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8116 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
8117 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
8118 of the latter are available.
8120 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
8121 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
8122 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
8124 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8127 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
8128 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
8129 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
8130 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
8131 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
8133 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
8134 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
8135 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
8138 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8141 @node Running the Preprocessor
8142 @section Running the Preprocessor
8144 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
8145 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
8146 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
8147 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
8148 temptation of following the easiest path.
8150 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
8151 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
8153 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
8154 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
8156 @anchor{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
8157 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8158 @ovar{action-if-false})
8159 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
8160 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
8161 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
8162 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
8163 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8165 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
8166 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
8169 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8170 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8176 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8177 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8178 [Greetings string.])
8180 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8181 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
8182 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
8183 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
8190 checking for gcc... gcc
8191 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
8192 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
8193 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
8194 checking for suffix of executables...
8195 checking for suffix of object files... o
8196 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
8197 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
8198 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
8199 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
8205 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
8206 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
8207 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
8208 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
8209 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
8210 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
8212 @anchor{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
8213 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @
8214 @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8215 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
8216 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
8217 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
8218 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
8219 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8222 @anchor{AC_EGREP_CPP}
8223 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @
8224 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8226 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
8227 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
8228 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
8229 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
8230 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8235 @node Running the Compiler
8236 @section Running the Compiler
8238 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
8239 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
8240 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
8241 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
8243 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8244 @ovar{action-if-false})
8245 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
8246 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
8247 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
8248 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
8249 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8251 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8252 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
8253 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
8258 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
8259 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
8260 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
8261 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program,
8262 to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
8264 @node Running the Linker
8265 @section Running the Linker
8267 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
8268 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
8269 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
8270 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
8271 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
8272 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
8273 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
8274 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
8275 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
8276 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
8277 important than speed.
8279 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
8280 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
8281 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
8282 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
8285 @anchor{AC_LINK_IFELSE}
8286 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8287 @ovar{action-if-false})
8288 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
8289 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
8290 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
8291 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
8292 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
8295 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8296 current compilation flags.
8298 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8299 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
8300 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
8303 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
8304 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
8309 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
8311 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
8312 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
8313 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
8314 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
8315 your program initializes itself.
8317 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
8318 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
8319 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
8320 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
8323 @anchor{AC_RUN_IFELSE}
8324 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8325 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
8326 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
8327 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
8328 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
8329 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
8331 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8332 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8333 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8335 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
8336 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
8337 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
8338 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
8339 an error message and exits.
8341 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
8342 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
8343 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
8346 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8347 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8350 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
8351 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
8352 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
8353 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
8354 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
8355 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
8356 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
8357 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
8358 this warning message.
8360 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
8361 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
8362 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
8363 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
8365 @ovindex cross_compiling
8366 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
8367 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
8368 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
8369 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
8370 of calling the macros.
8372 It is also permissible to temporarily assign to @code{cross_compiling}
8373 in order to force tests to behave as though they are in a
8374 cross-compilation environment, particularly since this provides a way to
8375 test your @var{action-if-cross-compiling} even when you are not using a
8379 # We temporarily set cross-compile mode to force AC_COMPUTE_INT
8380 # to use the slow link-only method
8381 save_cross_compiling=$cross_compiling
8383 AC_COMPUTE_INT([@dots{}])
8384 cross_compiling=$save_cross_compiling
8387 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
8388 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
8390 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
8391 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
8392 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
8393 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
8394 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
8395 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
8396 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
8397 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
8398 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
8399 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
8403 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
8407 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
8408 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
8410 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
8411 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
8416 @section Systemology
8419 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
8420 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
8423 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
8424 derived from the @uref{http://www.bell-labs.com/history/unix/, Unix
8427 The @uref{http://bhami.com/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
8428 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
8429 systems. @uref{http://www.levenez.com/unix/, Unix History} is a
8430 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8433 @uref{http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8434 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8439 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8440 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8441 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8442 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8443 nothing was to be done!
8445 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8446 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8447 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8448 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8449 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8452 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8453 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8454 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8455 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8457 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8458 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8459 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8460 information is available on the
8461 @uref{http://www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8465 @uref{http://h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8466 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8469 @item Unix version 7
8470 @cindex Unix version 7
8472 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8473 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8474 Documentation is available in the
8475 @uref{http://plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8476 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8477 they were not as widely used.
8481 @node Multiple Cases
8482 @section Multiple Cases
8484 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8485 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8486 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8487 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8488 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8490 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8491 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked.
8495 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8497 # The order of these tests is important.
8498 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8499 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8500 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8501 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8503 if test $fstype = no; then
8504 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8505 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8506 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8507 [Define if USG statfs.])
8510 if test $fstype = no; then
8511 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8512 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8513 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8514 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8517 # (more cases omitted here)
8518 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8522 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8525 @chapter Results of Tests
8527 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8528 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8529 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8530 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8531 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8534 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8535 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8536 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8537 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8538 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8541 @node Defining Symbols
8542 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8544 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8545 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8546 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8548 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8549 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8550 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8551 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8552 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8553 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8554 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8557 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8558 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8559 if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
8560 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8561 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8565 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8566 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8567 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8568 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8571 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8572 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8573 @cvindex @var{variable}
8575 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
8576 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
8577 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
8578 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
8579 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
8580 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99 syntax is employed.
8581 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
8582 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-@acronym{ASCII}
8585 @var{value} may contain backslash-escaped newlines, which will be
8586 preserved if you use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} but flattened if passed
8587 via @code{@@DEFS@@} (with no effect on the compilation, since the
8588 preprocessor sees only one line in the first place). @var{value} should
8589 not contain raw newlines. If you are not using
8590 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, @var{value} should not contain any @samp{#}
8591 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell
8592 variable, use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8594 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8595 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8596 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8597 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8598 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8601 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8605 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8606 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8607 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8608 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8610 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8611 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8613 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
8614 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
8618 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8619 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8620 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8621 @cvindex @var{variable}
8622 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8623 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8624 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8625 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8626 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8627 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8630 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8631 [Configuration machine file.])
8632 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8633 [getgroups return type.])
8634 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8635 [Translated header name.])
8639 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8640 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8641 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8642 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8643 newlines. That is, do this:
8646 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8647 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8654 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8655 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8656 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8663 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8664 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8667 @node Setting Output Variables
8668 @section Setting Output Variables
8669 @cindex Output variables
8671 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8672 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8673 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8674 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8675 variables that are always available.
8677 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8679 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8680 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8681 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8682 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8683 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8684 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
8686 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
8687 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
8689 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8690 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8691 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8692 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
8693 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
8695 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8697 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8698 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8701 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8702 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8703 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8704 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8705 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8706 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8707 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8708 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8709 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8710 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8711 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8712 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8713 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8714 the terminating newline.
8716 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8717 special dependencies or other @code{make} directives for particular host
8718 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8722 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8723 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8727 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8733 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8734 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8737 @cindex Precious Variable
8738 @cindex Variable, Precious
8739 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8740 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8741 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8742 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8743 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8744 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8745 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8746 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8749 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8750 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8751 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8753 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8755 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8756 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8758 Being precious means that
8761 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8764 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8765 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8766 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8767 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8768 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8769 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8771 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8772 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8773 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8774 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8778 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8779 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8782 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8783 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8784 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8785 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8787 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8788 `rm config.cache' and start over
8792 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8793 If the content has white space changes only, then the error is degraded
8794 to a warning only, but the old value is reused.
8797 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8798 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8799 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8802 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent}
8803 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8804 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \
8805 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8810 @node Special Chars in Variables
8811 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8812 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8814 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8815 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8816 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8817 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8820 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8823 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8824 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8825 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8826 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8827 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8829 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8830 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8831 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8832 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8833 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8836 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8838 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8841 @node Caching Results
8842 @section Caching Results
8845 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8846 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8847 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8848 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8849 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8850 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8851 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8852 perform all of the checks every time.
8854 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8856 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8857 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8858 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8859 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8860 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8861 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8862 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8863 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8864 @var{cache-id} variable.
8866 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8867 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8870 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @
8871 @var{commands-to-set-it})
8872 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8873 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
8874 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
8875 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
8876 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
8877 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
8879 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8880 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8883 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
8884 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
8885 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
8886 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
8887 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
8888 instance, the following macro is broken:
8892 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8893 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8894 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8895 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
8896 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8897 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8898 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8905 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
8906 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
8911 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8912 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8913 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8914 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
8915 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8916 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8917 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8923 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
8924 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
8925 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
8926 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
8927 running the shell commands.
8930 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
8931 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
8932 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
8935 @node Cache Variable Names
8936 @subsection Cache Variable Names
8937 @cindex Cache variable
8939 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
8942 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
8946 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
8947 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
8950 @item @var{package-prefix}
8951 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
8952 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
8953 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
8957 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
8958 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
8961 @item @var{value-type}
8962 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
8963 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
8965 @item @var{specific-value}
8966 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
8967 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
8968 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
8970 @item @var{additional-options}
8971 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
8972 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
8973 be omitted if it does not apply.
8976 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
8977 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
8978 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
8981 @subsection Cache Files
8983 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
8984 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
8985 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
8986 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
8988 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
8989 to avoid problems caused by accidental
8990 use of stale cache files.
8992 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
8993 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
8994 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
8995 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
8996 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
8997 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
8998 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
8999 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
9001 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
9002 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
9003 @command{configure}.
9005 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
9006 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
9007 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
9008 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
9009 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
9011 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
9012 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
9013 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
9014 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
9015 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
9016 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
9017 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
9019 @node Cache Checkpointing
9020 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
9022 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
9023 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
9024 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
9025 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
9026 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
9028 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
9029 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
9030 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
9031 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
9032 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
9035 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
9036 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
9037 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
9038 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
9039 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
9045 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
9047 # Checks for programs.
9050 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
9055 # Checks for libraries.
9056 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
9057 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
9058 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
9063 # Might abort@dots{}
9064 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9065 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9067 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
9070 @node Printing Messages
9071 @section Printing Messages
9072 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
9074 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
9075 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
9076 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
9077 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
9078 substitution on them.
9080 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
9081 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
9082 Descriptor Macros}).
9083 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
9084 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
9085 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
9086 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
9089 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
9090 @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
9092 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
9093 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
9094 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
9095 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
9096 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
9097 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
9098 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
9099 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
9102 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9103 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9106 @anchor{AC_MSG_RESULT}
9107 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
9108 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
9109 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
9110 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
9111 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
9112 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
9113 the completion of the message printed by the call to
9114 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
9116 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9117 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9120 @anchor{AC_MSG_NOTICE}
9121 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
9122 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
9123 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
9124 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
9128 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
9131 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9132 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9135 @anchor{AC_MSG_ERROR}
9136 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9138 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
9139 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
9140 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (1 by default).
9141 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
9144 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
9145 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
9148 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9149 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
9150 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
9151 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
9152 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
9153 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
9156 @anchor{AC_MSG_WARN}
9157 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
9159 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
9160 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
9161 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
9162 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
9163 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
9169 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
9171 @node Programming in M4
9172 @chapter Programming in M4
9175 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
9176 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
9177 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
9179 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers still contain
9180 experimental macros, whose interface might change in the future. As a
9181 matter of fact, @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
9184 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
9185 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
9186 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
9187 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
9188 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
9192 @section M4 Quotation
9193 @cindex M4 quotation
9196 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
9197 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
9198 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
9199 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
9200 former helps one to follow the latter.
9203 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
9204 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
9205 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
9206 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
9207 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
9208 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
9209 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
9212 @node Active Characters
9213 @subsection Active Characters
9215 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
9216 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
9217 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
9218 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
9219 @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally
9220 @samp{$} inside a macro definition.
9222 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
9223 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
9224 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
9226 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
9227 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
9231 # define([def], ine)
9232 @result{}# define([def], ine)
9235 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
9236 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
9242 @result{}int tab[10];
9245 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
9249 define([array], [int tab[10];])
9257 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
9261 @node One Macro Call
9262 @subsection One Macro Call
9264 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
9265 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
9272 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
9273 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
9274 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
9275 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
9282 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
9283 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
9284 robust and also advocate perfect style.
9286 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
9292 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
9293 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
9296 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
9300 @error{}EOF in argument list
9303 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
9304 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
9311 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
9318 Here are more examples:
9341 @node Quoting and Parameters
9342 @subsection Quoting and Parameters
9344 When M4 encounters @samp{$} within a macro definition, followed
9345 immediately by a character it recognizes (@samp{0}@dots{}@samp{9},
9346 @samp{#}, @samp{@@}, or @samp{*}), it will perform M4 parameter
9347 expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the
9348 parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that
9349 will be rescanned as a comment.
9352 define([none], [$1])
9354 define([one], [[$1]])
9356 define([two], [[[$1]]])
9358 define([comment], [# $1])
9360 define([active], [ACTIVE])
9372 On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want
9373 to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter
9374 expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the @samp{$}
9375 from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro
9376 definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of
9377 quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then
9378 split it into concatenated strings.
9381 define([single], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition])
9383 define([double], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]])
9386 @result{}a single-quoted $1 definition
9388 @result{}a double-quoted $1 definition
9391 Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation
9392 extensions when @samp{$@{} is encountered in a macro definition.
9393 Autoconf reserves the longer sequence @samp{$@{@{} for use with planned
9394 extensions that will be available in the future @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0,
9395 but guarantees that all other instances of @samp{$@{} will be output
9396 literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code
9397 parameter references:
9400 define([first], [$@{1@}])first
9404 Posix also states that @samp{$11} should expand to the first parameter
9405 concatenated with a literal @samp{1}, although some versions of
9406 @acronym{GNU} M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For
9407 portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
9409 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
9412 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
9413 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
9415 The examples below use the following macros:
9419 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
9420 define([array], [int tab[10]])
9423 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
9424 interesting quotations:
9435 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
9436 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
9437 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
9445 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
9446 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
9454 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
9455 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
9463 exactly as we already saw above.
9465 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
9472 car([[int tab[10];]])
9473 @result{}int tab[10];
9477 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
9478 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
9479 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
9480 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
9481 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
9482 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
9485 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
9486 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
9487 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
9491 define([qar], [[$1]])
9495 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
9499 @result{}int tab[10];
9503 Ahhh! That's much better.
9505 But note what you've done: now that the result of @code{qar} is always
9506 a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
9507 relies on an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
9517 leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
9525 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9529 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9531 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9533 @error{}EOF in argument list
9536 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9537 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9538 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9539 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9540 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9541 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9543 @node Changequote is Evil
9544 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9545 @cindex @code{changequote}
9547 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9548 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9549 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9550 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9552 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9553 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9554 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9555 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9556 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9557 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9558 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), and because of literal characters in usual
9559 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9560 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9561 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9562 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9563 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9564 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9565 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9566 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9568 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9569 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9570 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9571 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9572 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9573 default, the parentheses around arguments, etc.).
9575 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9576 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9577 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9578 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9579 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9581 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9585 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9586 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9587 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9588 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9589 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9590 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9591 the one they were implemented with.
9593 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9598 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9599 @cindex quadrigraphs
9600 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9601 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9602 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9603 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9604 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9605 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9606 @c @cindex @samp{@@@{:@@}
9607 @c @cindex @samp{@@:@}@@}
9609 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9610 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9611 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9612 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9613 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9616 Additionally, there are a few m4sugar macros (such as @code{m4_split}
9617 and @code{m4_expand}) which internally use special markers in addition
9618 to the regular quoting characters. If the arguments to these macros
9619 contain the literal strings @samp{-=<@{(} or @samp{)@}>=-}, the macros
9620 might behave incorrectly.
9622 You can work around these problems by using one of the following
9642 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9643 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9644 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9645 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9647 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9650 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9652 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9654 @item to produce quadrigraphs and other strings reserved by m4sugar
9656 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}. For a more
9660 m4_define([a], [A])m4_define([b], [B])m4_define([c], [C])dnl
9661 m4_split([a )@}>=- b -=<@{( c])
9662 @result{}[a], [], [B], [], [c]
9663 m4_split([a )@}@@&t@@>=- b -=<@@&t@@@{( c])
9664 @result{}[a], [)@}>=-], [b], [-=<@{(], [c]
9667 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9669 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9670 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9671 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9674 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9677 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9678 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9679 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9680 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9681 have looked like something like:
9684 char const mt[] = "";
9688 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9690 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9691 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9692 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9695 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9696 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9698 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9700 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9702 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9703 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9704 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9705 @emph{the arguments}!
9707 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9711 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9713 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9714 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9716 changequote([, ])dnl
9717 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9721 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9722 double quoting, so you just need:
9727 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9728 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9731 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9732 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9736 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9737 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9738 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9739 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9741 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9744 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9746 changequote([, ])dnl
9756 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
9757 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
9760 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
9762 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9763 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9765 [atoi (*tzname);])],
9766 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9767 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9770 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
9771 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
9773 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
9774 where quoting does not suffice.
9776 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
9777 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
9778 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
9779 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
9781 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
9782 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
9783 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
9784 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
9785 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
9786 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
9789 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
9791 @node Using autom4te
9792 @section Using @command{autom4te}
9794 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
9795 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
9796 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
9797 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
9799 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
9803 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
9804 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
9807 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
9808 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
9811 @node autom4te Invocation
9812 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
9814 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
9817 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
9822 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
9823 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
9825 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
9826 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
9827 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
9828 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
9831 @item @var{file}.m4f
9832 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
9833 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
9836 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
9837 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
9842 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
9847 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
9851 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
9855 Report processing steps.
9859 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
9861 @item --include=@var{dir}
9863 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
9866 @item --output=@var{file}
9867 @itemx -o @var{file}
9868 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
9869 for the standard output.
9874 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
9877 @item --warnings=@var{category}
9878 @itemx -W @var{category}
9880 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
9881 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
9882 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
9883 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
9888 report all the warnings
9894 treats warnings as errors
9896 @item no-@var{category}
9897 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
9900 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
9901 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
9902 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
9903 behaves as if you had run:
9906 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
9910 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
9911 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
9912 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
9915 @cindex Macro invocation stack
9916 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
9917 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
9921 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
9922 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
9923 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
9924 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
9927 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9931 is roughly equivalent to running:
9934 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
9941 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9948 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
9953 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
9954 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
9955 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
9956 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
9957 this option takes no argument:
9960 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
9967 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
9970 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
9971 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
9972 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
9978 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
9979 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
9980 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
9981 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
9982 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
9983 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
9984 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
9985 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
9986 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
9987 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
9988 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
9989 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
9990 considers it trashed).
9993 @item --cache=@var{directory}
9994 @itemx -C @var{directory}
9995 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
9996 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
9997 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
10000 Don't cache the results.
10004 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
10009 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
10010 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
10011 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
10014 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
10015 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
10016 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
10017 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
10018 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
10019 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
10022 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
10023 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
10024 use the following special escapes:
10028 The character @samp{$}.
10031 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
10034 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
10037 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
10038 you probably don't want to know about.
10041 The name of the @var{macro}.
10044 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
10047 @itemx $@var{sep}@@
10048 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
10049 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
10050 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
10051 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
10055 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
10056 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
10060 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
10061 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
10062 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
10064 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
10065 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
10069 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
10071 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
10072 @itemx -p @var{macro}
10073 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
10074 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
10075 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
10076 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
10077 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
10078 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
10083 @cindex Autom4te Library
10084 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
10085 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
10086 sets of combined command line arguments:
10089 @item --language=@var{language}
10090 @itemx -l @var{language}
10091 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
10095 create M4sugar output.
10098 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
10101 create Autotest executable test suites.
10103 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
10104 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
10105 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
10108 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
10109 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
10110 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
10113 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
10115 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
10116 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
10120 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
10121 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
10122 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
10123 strictly equivalent to the command:
10126 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10127 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
10131 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
10132 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
10136 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10137 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
10141 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
10143 @node Customizing autom4te
10144 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
10146 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10147 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10148 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
10149 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
10150 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
10152 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
10153 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
10154 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
10155 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
10157 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
10158 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
10159 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
10160 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
10163 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
10164 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
10167 ## ------------------ ##
10168 ## User Preferences. ##
10169 ## ------------------ ##
10171 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10173 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10177 @node Programming in M4sugar
10178 @section Programming in M4sugar
10181 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
10182 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
10183 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
10186 M4sugar reserves the macro namespace @samp{^_m4_} for internal use, and
10187 the macro namespace @samp{^m4_} for M4sugar macros. You should not
10188 define your own macros into these namespaces.
10191 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
10192 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10193 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
10194 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
10195 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
10196 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
10197 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
10198 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
10199 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
10202 @node Redefined M4 Macros
10203 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
10206 @msindex{changecom}
10207 @msindex{changequote}
10208 @msindex{debugfile}
10209 @msindex{debugmode}
10231 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
10232 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
10233 @code{m4_define} etc.
10235 The list of macros unchanged from M4, except for their name, is:
10239 @item m4_changequote
10265 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
10272 All M4 macros starting with @samp{__} retain their original name: for
10273 example, no @code{m4__file__} is defined.
10278 This is not technically a macro, but a feature of Autom4te. The
10279 sequence @code{__oline__} can be used similarly to the other m4sugar
10280 location macros, but rather than expanding to the location of the input
10281 file, it is translated to the line number where it appears in the output
10282 file after all other M4 expansions.
10287 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
10290 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10291 @msindex{bpatsubst}
10292 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
10293 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10294 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10297 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10299 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
10300 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10301 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10304 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro})
10306 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10307 defined. Also, while newer M4 can concatenate multiple definitions,
10308 this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. See
10309 @code{m4_undefine}.
10312 @defmac m4_divert (@var{diversion})
10314 M4sugar relies heavily on diversions, so rather than behaving as a
10315 primitive, @code{m4_divert} behaves like:
10317 m4_divert_pop()m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])
10320 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10324 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
10326 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
10329 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
10330 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
10331 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
10333 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}. @var{string-1} and
10334 @var{string-2} are compared literally, so usually one of the two
10335 arguments is passed unquoted. @xref{Conditional constructs}, for more
10336 conditional idioms.
10339 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
10340 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
10343 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
10346 @defmac m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
10347 @defmacx m4_maketemp (@var{template})
10350 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
10351 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
10352 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
10353 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
10354 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
10355 versions of @acronym{GNU} M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
10356 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
10357 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
10358 underlying M4 provides.
10361 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro})
10363 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10364 defined. Also, while newer M4 can pop multiple definitions at once,
10365 this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. See
10366 @code{m4_undefine}.
10369 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro})
10371 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10372 defined. Also, while newer M4 can undefine multiple definitions at
10373 once, this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. Use
10376 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
10380 to recover the behavior of the builtin.
10383 @defmac m4_undivert (@var{diversion})
10385 Unlike the M4 builtin, only one diversion can be undiverted per
10386 invocation. Also, since the M4sugar diversion stack prefers named
10387 diversions, the use of @code{m4_undivert} to include files is risky.
10388 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10392 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
10393 @defmacx m4_wrap_lifo (@var{text})
10395 @msindex{wrap_lifo}
10396 These macros correspond to @code{m4wrap}. Posix requires arguments of
10397 multiple wrap calls to be reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order
10398 as the original calls (first-in, first-out). @acronym{GNU} M4 versions
10399 through 1.4.10, however, reprocess them in reverse order (last-in,
10400 first-out). Both orders are useful, therefore, you can rely on
10401 @code{m4_wrap} to provide FIFO semantics and @code{m4_wrap_lifo} for
10402 LIFO semantics, regardless of the underlying @acronym{GNU} M4 version.
10404 Unlike the @acronym{GNU} M4 builtin, these macros only recognize one
10405 argument, and avoid token pasting between consecutive invocations. On
10406 the other hand, nested calls to @code{m4_wrap} from within wrapped text
10407 work just as in the builtin.
10411 @node Diagnostic Macros
10412 @subsection Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10413 @cindex Messages, from @command{M4sugar}
10415 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10416 they should report them using these macros. For issuing dynamic issues,
10417 i.e., when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10419 @defmac m4_assert (@var{expression}, @dvar{exit-status, 1})
10421 Assert that the arithmetic @var{expression} evaluates to non-zero.
10422 Otherwise, issue a fatal error, and exit @command{autom4te} with
10426 @defmac m4_errprintn (@var{message})
10427 @msindex{errprintn}
10428 Similar to the builtin @code{m4_errprint}, except that a newline is
10429 guaranteed after @var{message}.
10433 @defmac m4_fatal (@var{message})
10435 Report a severe error @var{message} prefixed with the current location,
10436 and have @command{autom4te} die.
10439 @defmac m4_location
10441 Useful as a prefix in a message line. Short for:
10448 @defmac m4_warn (@var{category}, @var{message})
10450 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10451 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. If the message
10452 is emitted, it is prefixed with the current location, and followed by a
10453 call trace of all macros defined via @code{AC_DEFUN} used to get to the
10454 current expansion. You are encouraged to use standard categories, which
10459 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10460 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10463 related to cross compilation issues.
10466 use of an obsolete construct.
10469 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10474 @node Diversion support
10475 @subsection Diversion support
10477 M4sugar makes heavy use of diversions, because it is often the case that
10478 text that must appear early in the output is not discovered until late
10479 in the input. Additionally, some of the topological sorting algorithms
10480 used in resolving macro dependencies use diversions. Therefore, most
10481 macros should not need to change diversions directly, but rather rely on
10482 higher-level M4sugar macros to manage diversions transparently.
10484 To make diversion management easier, M4sugar uses the concept of named
10485 diversions. Rather than using diversion numbers directly, it is nicer
10486 to associate a name with each diversion; the diversion number associated
10487 with a particular diversion name is an implementation detail, so you
10488 should only use diversion names. In general, you should not output text
10489 to a named diversion until after calling the appropriate initialization
10490 routine for your language (@code{m4_init}, @code{AS_INIT},
10491 @code{AT_INIT}, @dots{}), although there are some exceptions documented
10494 M4sugar defines two named diversions.
10497 Text written to this diversion is discarded. This is the default
10498 diversion once M4sugar is initialized.
10500 This diversion is used behind the scenes by topological sorting macros,
10501 such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10504 M4sh adds several more named diversions.
10507 This diversion is reserved for the @samp{#!} interpreter line.
10508 @item HEADER-REVISION
10509 This diversion holds text from @code{AC_REVISION}.
10510 @item HEADER-COMMENT
10511 This diversion holds comments about the purpose of a file.
10512 @item HEADER-COPYRIGHT
10513 This diversion is managed by @code{AC_COPYRIGHT}.
10514 @item M4SH-SANITIZE
10515 This diversion contains M4sh sanitization code, used to ensure M4sh is
10516 executing in a reasonable shell environment.
10518 This diversion contains M4sh initialization code, initializing variables
10519 that are required by other M4sh macros.
10521 This diversion contains the body of the shell code, and is the default
10522 diversion once M4sh is initialized.
10525 Autotest inherits diversions from M4sh, and changes the default
10526 diversion from @code{BODY} back to @code{KILL}. It also adds several
10527 more named diversions, with the following subset designed for developer
10530 @item PREPARE_TESTS
10531 This diversion contains initialization sequences which are executed
10532 after @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}, and after all command line
10533 arguments have been parsed, but prior to running any tests. It can be
10534 used to set up state that is required across all tests. This diversion
10535 will work even before @code{AT_INIT}.
10538 For now, the named diversions of Autoconf and Autoheader, and the
10539 remaining diversions of Autotest, are not documented. In other words,
10540 intentionally outputting text into an undocumented diversion is subject
10541 to breakage in a future release of Autoconf.
10543 @defmac m4_divert_once (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10544 @msindex{divert_once}
10545 Similar to @code{m4_divert_text}, except that @var{content} is only
10546 output to @var{diversion} if this is the first time that
10547 @code{m4_divert_once} has been called with its particular arguments.
10550 @defmac m4_divert_pop (@ovar{diversion})
10551 @msindex{divert_pop}
10552 If provided, check that the current diversion is indeed @var{diversion}.
10553 Then change to the diversion located earlier on the stack, giving an
10554 error if an attempt is made to pop beyond the initial m4sugar diversion
10558 @defmac m4_divert_push (@var{diversion})
10559 @msindex{divert_push}
10560 Remember the former diversion on the diversion stack, and output
10561 subsequent text into @var{diversion}. M4sugar maintains a diversion
10562 stack, and issues an error if there is not a matching pop for every
10566 @defmac m4_divert_text (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10567 @msindex{divert_text}
10568 Output @var{content} and a newline into @var{diversion}, without
10569 affecting the current diversion. Shorthand for:
10571 m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])@var{content}
10572 m4_divert_pop([@var{diversion}])dnl
10578 Initialize the M4sugar environment, setting up the default named
10579 diversion to be @code{KILL}.
10582 @node Conditional constructs
10583 @subsection Conditional constructs
10585 The following macros provide additional conditional contructs, as
10586 convenience wrappers around @code{m4_if}.
10588 @defmac m4_bmatch (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{value-1}, @
10589 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10591 The string @var{string} is repeatedly compared against a series of
10592 @var{regex} arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the
10593 corresponding @var{value}, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next
10594 @var{regex}. If no @var{regex} match, then the result is the optional
10595 @var{default}, or nothing.
10598 @defmac m4_bpatsubsts (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{subst-1}, @
10599 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{subst-2}, @dots{})
10600 @msindex{bpatsubsts}
10601 The string @var{string} is altered by @var{regex-1} and @var{subst-1},
10604 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], [@var{regex}], [@var{subst}])
10608 The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of
10609 @var{regex} and @var{subst}, and so forth. An empty @var{subst} implies
10610 deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this
10611 macro over-quotes @var{string}; this behavior is intentional, so that
10612 the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string.
10613 However, it means that anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$} in the @var{regex}
10614 will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the
10618 @defmac m4_case (@var{string}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10619 @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10621 Test @var{string} against multiple @var{value} possibilities, resulting
10622 in the first @var{if-value} for a match, or in the optional
10623 @var{default}. This is shorthand for:
10625 m4_if([@var{string}], [@var{value-1}], [@var{if-value-1}],
10626 [@var{string}], [@var{value-2}], [@var{if-value-2}], @dots{},
10631 @defmac m4_cond (@var{test-1}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10632 @ovar{test-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10634 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Similar to @code{m4_if},
10635 except that each @var{test} is expanded only when it is encountered.
10636 This is useful for short-circuiting expensive tests; while @code{m4_if}
10637 requires all its strings to be expanded up front before doing
10638 comparisons, @code{m4_cond} only expands a @var{test} when all earlier
10641 For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
10642 case where @samp{$1} does not contain a backslash, the @code{m4_cond}
10643 version only expands @code{m4_index} once, instead of five times, for
10644 faster computation if this is a common case for @samp{$1}. Notice that
10645 every third argument is unquoted for @code{m4_if}, and quoted for
10649 m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2],
10650 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10651 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10652 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10653 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10655 m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2],
10656 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10657 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10658 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10659 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10664 @defmac m4_default (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
10666 If @var{expr-1} is not empty, use it. Otherwise, expand to
10667 @var{expr-2}. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression
10668 that results in @var{expr-1} would otherwise be empty.
10671 @defmac m4_ifndef (@var{macro}, @var{if-not-defined}, @ovar{if-defined})
10673 This is shorthand for:
10675 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [@var{if-defined}], [@var{if-not-defined}])
10679 @defmac m4_ifset (@var{macro}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10681 If @var{macro} is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand
10682 to @var{if-false}. Otherwise, expands to @var{if-true}. Similar to:
10684 m4_ifval(m4_defn([@var{macro}]), [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10687 except that it is not an error if @var{macro} is undefined.
10690 @defmac m4_ifval (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10692 Expands to @var{if-true} if @var{cond} is not empty, otherwise to
10693 @var{if-false}. This is shorthand for:
10695 m4_if([@var{cond}], [], [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10699 @defmac m4_ifvaln (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10701 Similar to @code{m4_ifval}, except guarantee that a newline is present
10702 after any non-empty expansion.
10705 @defmac m4_n (@var{text})
10707 Expand to @var{text}, and add a newline if @var{text} is not empty.
10711 @node Looping constructs
10712 @subsection Looping constructs
10714 The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms in
10715 M4, including loop operations. An M4 list is formed by quoting a list
10716 of quoted elements; generally the lists are comma-separated, although
10717 @code{m4_foreach_w} is whitespace-separated. For example, the list
10718 @samp{[[a], [b,c]]} contains two elements: @samp{[a]} and @samp{[b,c]}.
10719 It is common to see lists with unquoted elements when those elements are
10720 not likely to be macro names, as in @samp{[fputc_unlocked,
10723 @defmac m4_car (@var{list})
10725 Expands to the quoted first element of the comma-separated quoted
10726 @var{list}. Often used with @code{m4_cdr} to recursively iterate
10727 through a list. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted elements,
10728 @code{m4_car} should be called without any extra quotes.
10731 @defmac m4_cdr (@var{list})
10733 Expands to a quoted list of all but the first element of the
10734 comma-separated quoted @var{list}, or the empty string if @var{list} had
10735 only one element. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted
10736 elements, @code{m4_cdr} should be called without any extra quotes.
10738 For example, this is a simple implementation of @code{m4_map}; note how
10739 each iteration checks for the end of recursion, then merely applies the
10740 first argument to the first element of the list, then repeats with the
10741 rest of the list. (The actual implementation in M4sugar is a bit more
10742 involved, to gain some speed and share code with @code{m4_map_sep}).
10744 m4_define([m4_map], [m4_ifval([$2],
10745 [m4_apply([$1], m4_car($2))[]$0([$1], m4_cdr($2))])])dnl
10746 m4_map([ m4_eval], [[[1]], [[1+1]], [[10],[16]]])
10751 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @
10754 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
10755 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
10756 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
10757 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
10758 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
10762 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10764 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
10765 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
10769 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
10773 @result{}echo bar, baz
10777 @anchor{m4_foreach_w}
10778 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10779 @msindex{foreach_w}
10780 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
10781 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}.
10783 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
10784 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
10787 @defmac m4_map (@var{macro}, @var{list})
10788 @defmacx m4_map_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
10789 Loop over the comma separated quoted list of argument descriptions in
10790 @var{list}, and invoke @var{macro} with the arguments. An argument
10791 description is in turn a comma-separated quoted list of quoted elements,
10792 suitable for @code{m4_apply}, making it possible to invoke @var{macro}
10793 without arguments if an argument description is empty.
10794 @code{m4_map_sep} additionally outputs @var{separator} between macro
10795 invocations, with no additional expansion of the separator.
10797 m4_map([m4_count], [])
10799 m4_map([ m4_count], [[],
10803 m4_map_sep([m4_eval], [,], [[[1+2]],
10809 @defmac m4_shiftn (@var{count}, @dots{})
10810 @defmacx m4_shift2 (@dots{})
10811 @defmacx m4_shift3 (@dots{})
10815 @code{m4_shiftn} performs @var{count} iterations of @code{m4_shift},
10816 along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
10817 shift count, and that the count is positive. @code{m4_shift2} and
10818 @code{m4_shift3} are specializations
10819 of @code{m4_shiftn}, introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and are more efficient
10820 for two and three shifts, respectively.
10824 @node Evaluation Macros
10825 @subsection Evaluation Macros
10827 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
10828 by adding or removing levels of quotes.
10830 @defmac m4_apply (@var{macro}, @var{list})
10832 Apply the elements of the quoted, comma-separated @var{list} as the
10833 arguments to @var{macro}. If @var{list} is empty, invoke @var{macro}
10834 without arguments. Note the difference between @code{m4_indir}, which
10835 expects its first argument to be a macro name but can use names that are
10836 otherwise invalid, and @code{m4_apply}, where @var{macro} can contain
10837 other text, but must end in a valid macro name.
10839 m4_apply([m4_count], [])
10841 m4_apply([m4_count], [[]])
10843 m4_apply([m4_count], [[1], [2]])
10845 m4_apply([m4_join], [[|], [1], [2]])
10850 @defmac m4_count (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10852 This macro returns the decimal count of the number of arguments it was
10856 @defmac m4_do (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10858 This macro loops over its arguments and expands each @var{arg} in
10859 sequence. Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of
10860 indentation and fewer @code{dnl} to result in the same expansion.
10863 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10865 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
10866 Conveniently, if there is just one @var{arg}, this effectively adds a
10870 @defmac m4_dquote_elt (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10871 @msindex{dquote_elt}
10872 Return the arguments as a series of double-quoted arguments. Whereas
10873 @code{m4_dquote} returns a single argument, @code{m4_dquote_elt} returns
10874 as many arguments as it was passed.
10877 @defmac m4_echo (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10879 Return the arguments, with the same level of quoting. Other than
10880 discarding whitespace after unquoted commas, this macro is a no-op.
10883 @defmac m4_expand (@var{arg})
10885 Return the expansion of @var{arg} as a quoted string. Whereas
10886 @code{m4_quote} is designed to collect expanded text into a single
10887 argument, @code{m4_expand} is designed to perform one level of expansion
10888 on quoted text. The distinction is in the treatment of whitespace
10889 following a comma in the original @var{arg}. Any time multiple
10890 arguments are collected into one with @code{m4_quote}, the M4 argument
10891 collection rules discard the whitespace. However, with @code{m4_expand},
10892 whitespace is preserved, even after the expansion of macros contained in
10896 m4_define([active], [ACT, IVE])dnl
10897 m4_define([active2], [[ACT, IVE]])dnl
10898 m4_quote(active, active)
10899 @result{}ACT,IVE,ACT,IVE
10900 m4_expand([active, active])
10901 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
10902 m4_quote(active2, active2)
10903 @result{}ACT, IVE,ACT, IVE
10904 m4_expand([active2, active2])
10905 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
10908 Note that @code{m4_expand} cannot handle an @var{arg} that expands to
10909 literal unbalanced quotes, but that quadrigraphs can be used when
10910 unbalanced output is necessary. Likewise, unbalanced parentheses must
10911 be supplied with double quoting or a quadrigraph.
10914 m4_define([pattern], [[!@@<:@@]])dnl
10915 m4_define([bar], [BAR])dnl
10916 m4_expand([case $foo in
10917 m4_defn([pattern])@@:@}@@ bar ;;
10920 @result{}case $foo in
10921 @result{} [![]) BAR ;;
10922 @result{} *) blah ;;
10927 @defmac m4_ignore (@dots{})
10929 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expands to nothing,
10930 ignoring all of its arguments. By itself, this isn't very useful.
10931 However, it can be used to conditionally ignore an arbitrary number of
10932 arguments, by deciding which macro name to apply to a list of arguments.
10934 dnl foo outputs a message only if [debug] is defined.
10936 [m4_ifdef([debug],[AC_MSG_NOTICE],[m4_ignore])([debug message])])
10939 Note that for earlier versions of Autoconf, the macro @code{__gnu__} can
10940 serve the same purpose, although it is less readable.
10943 @defmac m4_make_list (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10944 @msindex{make_list}
10945 This macro exists to aid debugging of M4sugar algorithms. Its net
10946 effect is similar to @code{m4_dquote}---it produces a quoted list of
10947 quoted arguments, for each @var{arg}. The difference is that this
10948 version uses a comma-newline separator instead of just comma, to improve
10949 readability of the list; with the result that it is less efficient than
10952 m4_define([zero],[0])m4_define([one],[1])m4_define([two],[2])dnl
10953 m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]])
10954 @result{}[0],[one],[[two]]
10955 m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]])
10959 m4_foreach([number], m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
10961 m4_foreach([number], m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
10966 @c m4_noquote is too dangerous to document - it invokes macros that
10967 @c probably rely on @samp{[]} nested quoting for proper operation. The
10968 @c user should generally prefer m4_unquote instead.
10970 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10972 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
10973 quotes. This effectively collapses multiple arguments into one,
10974 although it loses whitespace after unquoted commas in the process.
10977 @defmac m4_unquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
10979 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand each argument,
10980 separated by commas. For a single @var{arg}, this effectively removes a
10981 layer of quoting, and @code{m4_unquote([@var{arg}])} is more efficient
10982 than the equivalent @code{m4_do([@var{arg}])}. For multiple arguments,
10983 this results in an unquoted list of expansions. This is commonly used
10984 with @code{m4_split}, in order to convert a single quoted list into a
10985 series of quoted elements.
10988 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between several
10989 scenarios: not using these macros, using @code{m4_defn}, using
10990 @code{m4_quote}, using @code{m4_dquote}, and using @code{m4_expand}.
10993 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
10994 dnl Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
10995 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
10996 m4_define([a], [A])
10997 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2[,] 3])
10998 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
11002 show(m4_quote(a, b))
11003 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
11004 show(m4_expand([a, b]))
11008 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
11009 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
11010 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
11011 arg1(m4_expand([mkargs]))
11012 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
11013 $1 = A, $@@ = [A],[b]
11014 $1 = a, b, $@@ = [a, b]
11015 $1 = A,b, $@@ = [A,b]
11016 $1 = [A],[b], $@@ = [[A],[b]]
11017 $1 = A, b, $@@ = [A, b]
11028 @node Text processing Macros
11029 @subsection String manipulation in M4
11031 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4. Many of
11032 the macros in this section intentionally result in quoted strings as
11033 output, rather than subjecting the arguments to further expansions. As
11034 a result, if you are manipulating text that contains active M4
11035 characters, the arguments are passed with single quoting rather than
11038 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
11039 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator} @
11040 @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-duplicate})
11042 @msindex{append_uniq}
11043 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
11044 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
11045 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
11046 added. As of Autoconf 2.62, neither @var{string} nor @var{separator}
11047 are expanded during this macro; instead, they are expanded when
11048 @var{macro-name} is invoked.
11050 @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and @code{m4_append_uniq}
11051 to grow strings without duplicating substrings. Additionally,
11052 @code{m4_append_uniq} takes two optional parameters as of Autoconf 2.62;
11053 @var{if-uniq} is expanded if @var{string} was appended, and
11054 @var{if-duplicate} is expanded if @var{string} was already present.
11055 Also, @code{m4_append_uniq} warns if @var{separator} is not empty, but
11056 occurs within @var{string}, since that can lead to duplicates.
11059 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11060 m4_append([sentence], [This is an])dnl
11061 m4_append([sentence], [ active ])dnl
11062 m4_append([sentence], [symbol.])dnl
11064 @result{}This is an ACTIVE symbol.
11065 m4_undefine([active])dnl
11066 @result{}This is an active symbol.
11067 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
11069 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
11071 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
11073 m4_append_uniq([list], [three], [, ], [new], [existing])
11075 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
11078 @result{}one, two, three
11080 @result{}[one],[two],[three]
11081 m4_append([list2], [one], [[, ]])dnl
11082 m4_append_uniq([list2], [two], [[, ]])dnl
11083 m4_append([list2], [three], [[, ]])dnl
11085 @result{}one, two, three
11087 @result{}[one, two, three]
11091 @defmac m4_append_uniq_w (@var{macro-name}, @var{strings})
11092 @msindex{append_uniq_w}
11093 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It is similar to
11094 @code{m4_append_uniq}, but treats @var{strings} as a whitespace
11095 separated list of words to append, and only appends unique words.
11096 @var{macro-name} is updated with a single space between new words.
11098 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [1 1 2])dnl
11099 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [ 2 3 ])dnl
11105 @defmac m4_combine (@ovar{separator}, @var{prefix-list}, @ovar{infix}, @
11106 @var{suffix-1}, @ovar{suffix-2}, @dots{})
11108 This macro produces a quoted string containing the pairwise combination
11109 of every element of the quoted, comma-separated @var{prefix-list}, and
11110 every element from the @var{suffix} arguments. Each pairwise
11111 combination is joined with @var{infix} in the middle, and successive
11112 pairs are joined by @var{separator}. No expansion occurs on any of the
11113 arguments. No output occurs if either the @var{prefix} or @var{suffix}
11114 list is empty, but the lists can contain empty elements.
11116 m4_define([a], [oops])dnl
11117 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b], [c]], [-], [1], [2], [3])
11118 @result{}a-1, a-2, a-3, b-1, b-2, b-3, c-1, c-2, c-3
11119 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-])
11121 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-], [])
11123 m4_combine([, ], [], [-], [1], [2])
11125 m4_combine([, ], [[]], [-], [1], [2])
11130 @defmac m4_flatten (@var{string})
11132 Flatten @var{string} into a single line. Delete all backslash-newline
11133 pairs, and replace all remaining newlines with a space. The result is
11134 still a quoted string.
11137 @defmac m4_join (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
11139 Concatenate each @var{arg}, separated by @var{separator}, with the
11140 exception that no back-to-back separators are issued for empty
11141 arguments. The result is a quoted string.
11143 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11144 m4_join([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
11145 @result{}one|active|two
11148 Note that if all you intend to do is join @var{args} with commas between
11149 them, to form a quoted list suitable for @code{m4_foreach}, it is more
11150 efficient to use @code{m4_dquote}.
11155 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and expands to a newline.
11156 It is primarily useful for maintaining macro formatting, and ensuring
11157 that M4 does not discard leading whitespace during argument collection.
11160 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
11161 @msindex{normalize}
11162 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
11163 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces, tabs, and newlines
11164 with a single space. This is a combination of @code{m4_flatten} and
11168 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
11169 @msindex{re_escape}
11170 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
11174 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @dvar{regexp, [\t ]+})
11176 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
11177 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
11178 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
11179 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
11182 @defmac m4_strip (@var{string})
11184 Strip whitespace from @var{string}. Sequences of spaces and tabs are
11185 reduced to a single space, then leading and trailing spaces are removed.
11186 The result is still a quoted string. Note that this does not interfere
11187 with newlines; if you want newlines stripped as well, consider
11188 @code{m4_flatten}, or do it all at once with @code{m4_normalize}.
11191 @defmac m4_text_box (@var{message}, @dvar{frame, -})
11193 Add a text box around @var{message}, using @var{frame} as the border
11194 character above and below the message. The frame correctly accounts for
11195 the subsequent expansion of @var{message}. For example:
11197 m4_define([macro], [abc])dnl
11198 m4_text_box([macro])
11204 The @var{message} must contain balanced quotes and parentheses, although
11205 quadrigraphs can be used to work around this.
11208 @defmac m4_text_wrap (@var{string}, @ovar{prefix}, @
11209 @dvar{prefix1, @var{prefix}}, @dvar{width, 79})
11210 @msindex{text_wrap}
11211 Break @var{string} into a series of whitespace-separated words, then
11212 output those words separated by spaces, and wrapping lines any time the
11213 output would exceed @var{width} columns. If given, @var{prefix1} begins
11214 the first line, and @var{prefix} begins all wrapped lines. If
11215 @var{prefix1} is longer than @var{prefix}, then the first line consists
11216 of just @var{prefix1}. If @var{prefix} is longer than @var{prefix1},
11217 padding is inserted so that the first word of @var{string} begins at the
11218 same indentation as all wrapped lines. Note that using literal tab
11219 characters in any of the arguments will interfere with the calculation
11220 of width. No expansions occur on @var{prefix}, @var{prefix1}, or the
11221 words of @var{string}, although quadrigraphs are recognized.
11225 m4_text_wrap([Short string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11226 @result{}/* Short string */
11227 m4_text_wrap([Much longer string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11228 @result{}/* Much longer
11229 @result{} string */
11230 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --short ], [30])
11231 @result{} --short Short doc.
11232 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], [30])
11233 @result{} --too-wide
11234 @result{} Short doc.
11235 m4_text_wrap([Super long documentation.], [ ],
11236 [ --too-wide ], 30)
11237 @result{} --too-wide
11238 @result{} Super long
11239 @result{} documentation.
11243 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
11244 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
11247 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
11251 @node Number processing Macros
11252 @subsection Arithmetic computation in M4
11254 The following macros facilitate integer arithmetic operations.
11255 Where a parameter is documented as taking an arithmetic expression, you
11256 can use anything that can be parsed by @code{m4_eval}.
11258 @defmac m4_cmp (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
11260 Compare the arithmetic expressions @var{expr-1} and @var{expr-2}, and
11261 expand to @samp{-1} if @var{expr-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are
11262 equal, and @samp{1} if @var{expr-1} is larger.
11265 @defmac m4_list_cmp (@var{list-1}, @var{list-2})
11267 Compare the two M4 lists consisting of comma-separated arithmetic
11268 expressions, left to right. Expand to @samp{-1} for the first element
11269 pairing where the value from @var{list-1} is smaller, @samp{1} where the
11270 value from @var{list-2} is smaller, or @samp{0} if both lists have the
11271 same values. If one list is shorter than the other, the remaining
11272 elements of the longer list are compared against zero.
11274 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1])
11276 m4_list_cmp([1, [1 * 0]], [1, 0])
11278 m4_list_cmp([1, 2], [1, 0])
11280 m4_list_cmp([1, [1+1], 3],[1, 2])
11282 m4_list_cmp([1, 2, -3], [1, 2])
11284 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1, 2])
11286 m4_list_cmp([1], [1, 2])
11291 @defmac m4_max (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11293 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11294 of the maximum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11297 @defmac m4_min (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11299 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11300 of the minimum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11303 @defmac m4_sign (@var{expr})
11305 Expand to @samp{-1} if the arithmetic expression @var{expr} is negative,
11306 @samp{1} if it is positive, and @samp{0} if it is zero.
11309 @anchor{m4_version_compare}
11310 @defmac m4_version_compare (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2})
11311 @msindex{version_compare}
11312 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.53, but had a number of
11313 usability limitations that were not lifted until Autoconf 2.62. Compare
11314 the version strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, and expand to
11315 @samp{-1} if @var{version-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are the same,
11316 or @samp{1} @var{version-2} is smaller. Version strings must be a list
11317 of elements separated by @samp{.}, @samp{,} or @samp{-}, where each
11318 element is a number along with optional case-insensitive letters
11319 designating beta releases. The comparison stops at the leftmost element
11320 that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal to a
11323 It is permissible to include commit identifiers in @var{version}, such
11324 as an abbreviated SHA1 of the commit, provided there is still a
11325 monotonically increasing prefix to allow for accurate version-based
11326 comparisons. For example, this paragraph was written when the
11327 development snapshot of autoconf claimed to be at version
11328 @samp{2.61a-248-dc51}, or 248 commits after the 2.61a release, with an
11329 abbreviated commit identification of @samp{dc51}.
11332 m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0])
11334 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a])
11336 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a])
11338 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a])
11340 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1])
11342 m4_version_compare([1.1pre], [1.1PRE])
11344 m4_version_compare([1.1a], [1,10])
11346 m4_version_compare([2.61a], [2.61a-248-dc51])
11348 m4_version_compare([2.61b], [2.61a-248-dc51])
11354 @node Forbidden Patterns
11355 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
11356 @cindex Forbidden patterns
11357 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
11359 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
11360 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
11361 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
11362 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
11363 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
11365 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^_?m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
11366 Additional layers, such as M4sh and Autoconf, add additional forbidden
11367 patterns to the list.
11369 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
11370 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
11371 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
11372 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
11373 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
11374 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
11375 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
11376 the authors of this documentation: input, such as macros, should be
11377 documented by @samp{dnl} comments; reserving @samp{#}-comments to
11378 document the output).
11381 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
11382 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
11384 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
11385 @msindex{pattern_allow}
11386 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
11387 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
11390 @node Programming in M4sh
11391 @section Programming in M4sh
11393 @c FIXME: Eventually will become a chapter, as it is not related to
11394 @c programming in M4 per se.
11396 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
11397 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
11398 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
11401 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
11402 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
11406 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
11410 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
11413 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
11418 For the time being, it is not mature enough to be widely used.
11420 M4sh reserves the M4 macro namespace @samp{^_AS_} for internal use, and
11421 the namespace @samp{^AS_} for M4sh macros. It also reserves the shell
11422 and environment variable namespace @samp{^as_}, and the here-doc
11423 delimiter namespace @samp{^_AS[A-Z]} in the output file. You should not
11424 define your own macros or output shell code that conflicts with these
11427 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
11428 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
11430 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
11432 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
11434 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
11435 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
11436 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
11440 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
11441 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
11442 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
11443 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
11444 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
11445 implementation-specific actions.
11448 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @
11449 @dots{}, @ovar{default})
11451 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
11452 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
11453 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
11456 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
11458 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
11459 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
11460 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
11463 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
11465 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
11466 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
11467 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
11468 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false1}
11469 is empty. For example,
11472 AS_IF([test "$foo" = yes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
11473 [test "$foo" != no], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
11474 [echo foo not specified])
11478 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
11479 are expanded before the first test.
11484 Initialize the M4sh environment. This macro calls @code{m4_init}, then
11485 outputs the @code{#! /bin/sh} line, a notice about where the output was
11486 generated from, and code to sanitize the environment for the rest of the
11487 script. Finally, it changes the current diversion to @code{BODY}.
11490 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
11492 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
11493 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}},
11494 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
11495 lack support for the @option{-p} option. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P}
11496 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
11497 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
11498 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
11501 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
11504 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
11505 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
11506 Initialize the shell suitably for @code{configure} scripts. This has
11507 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
11508 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
11509 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
11510 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
11513 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
11515 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
11519 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
11521 echo "#define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
11525 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
11527 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
11530 # This outputs "Have it!".
11531 header="sys/some file.h"
11532 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
11533 if test "$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = yes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
11537 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
11538 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
11539 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
11540 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
11541 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
11545 @node File Descriptor Macros
11546 @section File Descriptor Macros
11548 @cindex standard input
11549 @cindex file descriptors
11550 @cindex descriptors
11551 @cindex low-level output
11552 @cindex output, low-level
11554 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
11555 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
11559 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
11560 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
11561 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
11565 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
11566 level macros as described below.
11568 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
11569 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
11570 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
11571 Normally this directs messages to the standard output, however when
11572 @command{configure} is run with the @option{-q} option, messages sent to
11573 @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} are discarded.
11575 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
11576 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
11577 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
11580 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
11581 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
11583 The file descriptor for messages logged to @file{config.log}. Macros
11584 that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
11585 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
11586 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
11589 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
11590 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
11591 The file descriptor for the original standard input.
11593 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
11594 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
11595 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
11596 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
11597 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
11598 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
11599 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
11602 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
11603 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
11604 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
11608 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
11610 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
11611 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
11613 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
11614 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
11615 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
11618 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
11619 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
11620 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
11621 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
11622 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
11623 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
11626 @node Macro Definitions
11627 @section Macro Definitions
11630 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
11631 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro. In addition to
11632 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
11633 constrain the order in which macros are called (@pxref{Prerequisite
11636 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
11639 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
11642 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
11643 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
11644 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
11646 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
11647 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
11648 been previously defined.
11650 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
11651 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
11652 the prototype. For example:
11655 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
11656 # --------------------------------------
11657 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
11658 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
11659 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
11662 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
11663 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
11664 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
11667 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
11668 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
11669 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
11670 through the next newline.
11672 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
11673 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
11674 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
11678 @section Macro Names
11680 All of the public Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names in the
11681 namespace @samp{^AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
11682 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AC_} for
11683 internal macros. All shell variables that they use for internal
11684 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. Autoconf
11685 also uses here-doc delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AC[A-Z]}. During
11686 @command{configure}, files produced by Autoconf make heavy use of the
11687 file system namespace @samp{^conf}.
11689 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
11690 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
11691 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). And since
11692 @file{configure.ac} is also designed to be scanned by Autoheader,
11693 Autoscan, Autoupdate, and Automake, you should be aware of the
11694 @samp{^_?A[HNUM]_} namespaces. In general, you @emph{should not use}
11695 the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you
11698 To ensure that your macros don't conflict with present or future
11699 Autoconf macros, you should prefix your own macro names and any shell
11700 variables they use with some other sequence. Possibilities include your
11701 initials, or an abbreviation for the name of your organization or
11702 software package. Historically, people have not always followed the
11703 rule of using a namespace appropriate for their package, and this has
11704 made it difficult for determining the origin of a macro (and where to
11705 report bugs about that macro), as well as difficult for the true
11706 namespace owner to add new macros without interference from pre-existing
11707 uses of third-party macros. Perhaps the best example of this confusion
11708 is the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} macro, which belongs, not to Automake, but
11711 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
11712 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
11713 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
11714 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
11715 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
11718 The first word of the name after the namepace initials (such as
11719 @samp{AC_}) usually tells the category
11720 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
11721 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
11722 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
11723 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
11727 C language builtin features.
11729 Declarations of C variables in header files.
11731 Functions in libraries.
11733 Posix group owners of files.
11739 The base names of programs.
11741 Members of aggregates.
11743 Operating system features.
11745 C builtin or declared types.
11747 C variables in libraries.
11750 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
11751 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
11752 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_CC_STDC} checks whether the
11753 C compiler supports @acronym{ISO} Standard C.
11755 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
11756 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
11757 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
11758 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
11759 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
11760 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
11761 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
11763 @node Reporting Messages
11764 @section Reporting Messages
11765 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
11767 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal, it
11768 is possible to make @command{autoconf} detect the problem, and refuse to
11769 create @file{configure} in the case of an error. The macros in this
11770 section are considered obsolescent, and new code should use M4sugar
11771 macros for this purpose, see @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
11773 On the other hand, it is possible to want to detect errors when
11774 @command{configure} is run, which are dependent on the environment of
11775 the user rather than the maintainer. For dynamic diagnostics, see
11776 @ref{Printing Messages}.
11778 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
11780 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
11781 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. This macro is
11782 obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
11784 m4_warn([@var{category}], [@var{message}])
11787 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, including valid
11788 @var{category} names.
11791 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
11793 Report @var{message} as a syntax warning. This macro is obsolescent;
11794 you are encouraged to use:
11796 m4_warn([syntax], [@var{message}])
11799 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, as well as better
11800 finer-grained categories of warnings (not all problems have to do with
11804 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
11806 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
11807 This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
11809 m4_fatal([@var{message}])
11812 instead. @xref{m4_fatal}, for more details.
11815 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
11816 @code{m4_warn} (including those issued through @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and
11817 @code{AC_WARNING}) are reported as errors, see @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
11819 @node Dependencies Between Macros
11820 @section Dependencies Between Macros
11821 @cindex Dependencies between macros
11823 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
11824 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
11825 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
11826 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
11829 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
11830 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
11831 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
11834 @node Prerequisite Macros
11835 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
11836 @cindex Prerequisite macros
11837 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
11839 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
11840 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
11841 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
11842 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
11845 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
11846 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
11847 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
11848 called if it is needed, and only called once.
11850 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
11852 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
11853 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
11854 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
11855 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
11856 that it has been called.
11858 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
11859 must not be called from the top level.
11862 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
11863 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
11864 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
11865 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
11866 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
11867 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
11868 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
11872 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
11873 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
11874 dance_floor=occupied])
11875 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
11876 [test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11877 dance_floor=occupied])
11881 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
11882 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11883 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
11884 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
11890 with this @file{configure.ac}
11893 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
11894 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
11895 if test "$dance_floor" = occupied; then
11896 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
11901 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
11902 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
11906 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
11907 dance_floor=occupied
11908 test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11909 dance_floor=occupied
11911 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11918 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
11919 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
11920 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
11925 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
11932 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
11933 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
11934 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged to put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
11935 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
11938 @node Suggested Ordering
11939 @subsection Suggested Ordering
11940 @cindex Macros, ordering
11941 @cindex Ordering macros
11943 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
11944 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
11945 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
11946 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
11949 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
11950 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
11951 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
11952 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
11953 @command{configure}.
11955 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
11956 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
11957 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
11958 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
11961 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
11965 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
11966 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
11968 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
11970 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
11971 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
11972 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
11973 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
11974 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
11975 that it has been called.
11978 @node One-Shot Macros
11979 @subsection One-Shot Macros
11980 @cindex One-shot macros
11981 @cindex Macros, called once
11983 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
11984 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
11985 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
11986 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
11987 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
11988 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
11990 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
11991 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
11993 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
11994 Definitions}), and emit a warning any time the macro is called more than
11998 Obviously it is not sensible to evaluate a macro defined by
11999 @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} in a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
12000 Most of the time you want to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite
12003 @node Obsoleting Macros
12004 @section Obsoleting Macros
12005 @cindex Obsoleting macros
12006 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
12008 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
12009 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
12010 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
12011 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
12012 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
12013 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
12014 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
12015 with their modern implementation.
12017 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
12020 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
12022 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
12023 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
12024 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
12026 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
12027 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
12028 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
12029 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
12030 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
12032 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
12033 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
12034 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
12035 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
12036 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
12039 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
12041 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
12042 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
12046 @section Coding Style
12047 @cindex Coding style
12049 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
12050 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
12051 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
12053 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
12054 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
12056 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
12057 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
12058 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
12059 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
12060 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
12063 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
12066 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
12067 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
12068 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
12069 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
12070 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
12071 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
12072 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
12073 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
12074 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
12075 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
12076 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
12078 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
12079 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
12080 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
12081 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
12082 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
12085 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
12086 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
12087 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
12088 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
12089 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
12092 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
12093 Use this feature to
12094 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
12095 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
12098 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
12100 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
12101 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12108 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
12109 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
12110 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
12111 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12118 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
12120 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
12121 [return __EMX__;])],
12122 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
12123 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12126 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
12127 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
12129 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
12130 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
12134 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
12141 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
12145 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
12146 For the same reasons, avoid:
12156 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
12160 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
12161 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
12162 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
12163 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
12164 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
12165 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
12166 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
12167 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
12169 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
12170 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
12171 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
12172 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
12173 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
12174 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
12175 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
12176 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
12177 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
12178 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
12180 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
12181 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
12182 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
12183 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
12184 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
12185 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
12186 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
12188 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
12189 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
12190 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
12191 room for further arguments.
12193 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
12194 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
12195 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
12196 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
12197 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
12198 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
12199 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
12200 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
12201 macro output. For example, instead of:
12204 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
12205 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
12207 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
12208 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
12216 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
12217 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
12218 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
12219 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
12220 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
12225 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
12226 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
12227 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
12228 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
12231 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
12232 written the old way:
12235 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
12237 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
12238 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
12239 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
12240 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
12241 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes])
12250 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
12251 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
12252 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
12253 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
12254 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
12255 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12256 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
12263 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
12265 @node Portable Shell
12266 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
12267 @cindex Portable shell programming
12269 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
12270 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
12271 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
12272 have evolved over the years, but to prevent trouble, do not take
12273 advantage of features that were added after Unix version 7, circa
12274 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}).
12276 You should not use aliases, negated character classes, or other features
12277 that are not found in all Bourne-compatible shells; restrict yourself
12278 to the lowest common denominator. Even @code{unset} is not supported
12281 Shell functions are considered portable nowadays, though Autoconf still
12282 does not use them (Autotest does). However, some pitfalls have to be
12283 avoided for portable use of shell functions (@pxref{Shell Functions}).
12285 Some ancient systems have quite
12286 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
12287 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
12288 A few ancient 4.2@acronym{BSD} based systems (such as Dynix circa 1984)
12289 required a single space between the @samp{#!} and the @samp{/}.
12290 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
12292 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
12293 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
12294 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
12295 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
12296 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
12299 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
12300 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
12302 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
12303 specification for the Posix
12304 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02.html, Shell
12305 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
12306 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
12307 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
12310 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
12311 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
12312 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
12313 * File System Conventions:: File names
12314 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
12315 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
12316 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
12317 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
12318 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
12319 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
12320 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
12321 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
12322 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
12326 @section Shellology
12329 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
12330 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
12331 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
12332 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
12333 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
12334 comparison between several of them.
12336 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
12341 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
12342 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
12343 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
12344 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
12345 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
12347 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
12351 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
12352 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
12358 echo "Do not use it: $?"
12360 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
12364 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
12371 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
12372 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
12373 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
12378 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
12379 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
12380 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
12381 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
12382 Manual}, for details.
12384 @item Bash 2.05 and later
12385 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
12386 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
12387 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
12388 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
12389 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
12390 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
12391 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
12396 @prindex @samp{ksh}
12397 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
12398 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
12399 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
12400 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
12401 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
12402 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
12403 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
12405 Solaris systems have three variants:
12406 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
12407 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
12408 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
12409 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
12410 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
12411 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
12412 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
12413 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
12414 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
12415 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
12416 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
12419 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
12420 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
12421 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
12422 the standard shell conform to Posix.
12425 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
12426 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
12427 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
12428 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
12429 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
12430 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
12431 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
12432 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
12433 at least one respect:
12436 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
12438 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
12439 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
12443 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
12444 reason why portable shell code should not contain
12445 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
12450 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
12451 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
12452 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
12453 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
12454 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
12455 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
12457 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
12458 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
12461 The following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth
12468 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
12469 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
12470 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
12471 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
12472 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
12473 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
12481 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
12482 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
12483 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
12485 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
12486 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
12489 @node Here-Documents
12490 @section Here-Documents
12491 @cindex Here-documents
12492 @cindex Shell here-documents
12494 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
12495 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
12496 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
12497 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
12498 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
12500 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
12516 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
12523 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
12524 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
12525 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
12526 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
12527 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
12528 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
12529 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
12530 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
12531 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
12532 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
12533 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was
12535 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
12536 still shipping older versions with the bug.
12538 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
12539 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
12540 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
12541 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
12545 if <cross_compiling>; then
12546 assume this and that
12550 check something else
12558 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
12559 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
12560 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
12561 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
12562 that can take the shell forever.
12564 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
12565 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
12566 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
12567 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
12568 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
12569 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
12570 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
12571 executing the macro at all.
12573 @node File Descriptors
12574 @section File Descriptors
12575 @cindex Descriptors
12576 @cindex File descriptors
12577 @cindex Shell file descriptors
12579 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
12580 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
12581 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
12584 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12586 + eval echo foo >&2
12589 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12591 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
12594 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12595 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
12597 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
12603 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
12606 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
12607 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
12608 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
12612 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
12614 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
12618 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
12619 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
12620 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
12621 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
12623 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
12624 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
12626 When catering to old systems, don't redirect the same file descriptor
12627 several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
12630 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
12632 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
12634 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
12636 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
12637 Ambiguous output redirect.
12641 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
12642 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty. However, this bug is
12643 probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
12645 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
12646 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
12647 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
12648 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
12649 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does
12650 it even for ordinary programs.
12652 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
12653 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
12654 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
12655 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
12656 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
12659 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
12681 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
12682 descriptor 5 is closed.
12684 Don't rely on redirection to a closed file descriptor to cause an
12685 error. With Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, when the redirection fails, the
12686 output goes to the original file descriptor.
12689 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
12690 bash: 3: Bad file descriptor
12692 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
12697 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
12698 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
12699 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
12701 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
12702 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
12703 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
12704 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
12705 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
12706 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
12707 other file descriptors.
12709 @node File System Conventions
12710 @section File System Conventions
12711 @cindex File system conventions
12713 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
12714 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
12715 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
12719 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
12722 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
12723 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
12724 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
12725 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
12728 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
12729 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
12732 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
12733 they should be avoided.
12735 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
12736 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
12737 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
12738 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
12739 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
12740 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
12743 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
12744 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
12745 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
12748 For example, the following code:
12755 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
12760 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
12761 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
12762 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
12763 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
12764 you can check for absolute file names like this:
12766 @cindex absolute file names, detect
12769 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
12772 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
12777 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
12778 first character (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}).
12780 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
12781 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
12782 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
12783 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
12786 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
12787 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
12788 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
12789 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
12790 can be easily detected by the
12791 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/non-gnu/doschk/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
12794 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
12795 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
12796 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
12797 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
12798 Microsoft Windows variants.
12801 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
12802 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
12803 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
12804 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
12806 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
12809 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
12810 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
12815 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
12816 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
12817 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
12820 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
12821 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
12825 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
12826 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
12827 not important for @command{autoconf}.
12829 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
12830 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
12831 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
12832 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
12833 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
12834 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
12836 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
12837 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
12838 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
12839 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
12840 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
12841 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
12842 @file{foo.bartender}.
12844 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
12846 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
12847 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
12848 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
12849 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
12852 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
12853 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
12854 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
12855 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
12856 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
12857 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
12859 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
12860 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
12861 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
12862 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
12863 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
12864 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
12865 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
12869 @node Shell Pattern Matching
12870 @section Shell Pattern Matching
12871 @cindex Shell pattern matching
12873 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
12874 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
12875 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
12876 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
12878 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
12879 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
12881 @node Shell Substitutions
12882 @section Shell Substitutions
12883 @cindex Shell substitutions
12885 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
12886 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
12887 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
12888 For instance, the following code:
12891 case "$given_srcdir" in
12892 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;;
12893 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
12898 is more readable when written as:
12901 case $given_srcdir in
12902 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;;
12903 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
12908 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
12909 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
12910 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
12911 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
12912 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
12913 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
12917 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
12918 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
12919 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
12920 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
12921 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
12922 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
12923 like Digital Unix 5.0.
12925 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
12926 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
12927 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
12928 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
12931 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
12932 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
12935 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
12942 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
12943 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
12944 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
12945 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
12948 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
12951 Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly;
12952 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}} remains subject to word splitting. Since this
12953 case always yields at least one shell word, use plain @samp{"$@@"}.
12955 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
12956 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
12960 cat conftest.c "$@@"
12963 you can use this instead:
12967 0) cat conftest.c;;
12968 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
12972 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
12973 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
12974 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
12975 persists for any length of time.
12979 @cindex positional parameters
12980 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
12981 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
12982 @code{$@{10@}}, and
12983 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
12986 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
12987 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
12991 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12992 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
12993 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12994 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
12995 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
12996 Similarly for $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}, $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}, etc.
12998 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
12999 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
13003 : $@{var='Some words'@}
13007 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
13008 of a ``bad substitution''.
13012 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
13013 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
13014 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
13015 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
13020 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
13023 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
13026 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
13032 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
13033 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
13034 using double quotes.
13036 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
13037 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
13043 : $@{var="$default"@}
13047 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
13048 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
13049 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
13050 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
13053 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
13062 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
13065 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
13069 : $@{list="$default"@}
13076 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
13077 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
13078 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
13080 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
13081 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
13082 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
13085 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
13086 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
13089 list=$@{list="$default"@}
13093 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
13097 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
13100 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
13101 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
13102 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
13103 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
13104 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
13105 @cindex $@{#@var{var}@}
13106 @cindex $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
13107 @cindex $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
13108 @cindex $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
13109 @cindex $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
13110 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
13111 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
13113 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
13114 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
13115 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
13116 yields the empty string.
13119 @item `@var{commands}`
13120 @cindex `@var{commands}`
13121 @cindex Command Substitution
13122 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
13123 output before substituting it, so assignments like
13124 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
13125 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
13127 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
13128 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
13129 subshell to perform the command.
13131 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
13132 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
13137 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
13142 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
13144 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
13145 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
13146 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
13147 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
13150 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
13151 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
13152 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
13156 @item $(@var{commands})
13157 @cindex $(@var{commands})
13158 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
13159 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
13161 This construct can be
13162 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
13163 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
13164 releases of Solaris don't support it:
13167 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
13168 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006
13169 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
13170 syntax error: `(' unexpected
13174 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
13177 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
13178 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
13182 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
13183 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
13184 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
13185 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
13186 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
13188 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
13189 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
13190 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
13191 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
13194 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
13198 @item $((@var{expression}))
13199 @cindex $((@var{expression}))
13200 Arithmetic expansion is not portable as some shells (most
13201 notably Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}) don't support it.
13203 Among shells that do support @samp{$(( ))}, not all of them obey the
13204 Posix rule that octal and hexadecimal constants must be recognized:
13207 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
13209 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
13211 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'emulate sh; echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
13213 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
13214 pdksh: 010 + 0x10 : bad number `0x10'
13215 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 ))'}
13219 When it is available, using arithmetic expansion provides a noticeable
13220 speedup in script execution; but testing for support requires
13221 @command{eval} to avoid syntax errors. If shell function support has
13222 also been detected, then this construct can be used to assign @samp{foo}
13223 to an arithmetic result, provided all numeric arguments are provided in
13224 decimal and without a leading zero:
13227 if ( eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) = 2' ) 2>/dev/null; then
13228 eval 'func_arith ()
13230 func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
13235 func_arith_result=`expr "$@@"`
13239 foo=$func_arith_result
13245 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
13246 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
13252 @section Assignments
13253 @cindex Shell assignments
13255 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
13256 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
13257 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
13259 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
13261 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
13264 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
13268 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
13272 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
13275 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
13276 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
13279 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
13281 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
13286 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
13290 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
13294 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
13298 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
13302 : $@{var='my literal'@}
13306 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
13307 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
13308 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
13311 : $@{var="$default"@}
13315 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
13316 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
13320 var=$@{var="$default"@}
13324 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
13327 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
13331 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
13332 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
13333 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
13337 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
13338 @cindex Shell parentheses
13340 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
13341 implementations treat them specially. Posix requires that the command
13342 @samp{((cat))} must behave like @samp{(cat)}, but many shells, including
13343 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
13344 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
13345 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
13346 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 misparses the following code:
13349 if ((true) || false); then
13355 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
13356 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
13357 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
13360 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
13361 @cindex Shell slashes
13363 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
13364 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
13367 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
13370 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
13373 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
13379 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
13380 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
13381 begins and ends with slash:
13384 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
13390 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
13391 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
13393 @node Special Shell Variables
13394 @section Special Shell Variables
13395 @cindex Shell variables
13396 @cindex Special shell variables
13398 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
13399 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
13400 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset, but
13401 @command{unset} is not portable (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}) and a
13402 fallback value is needed.
13404 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
13405 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
13406 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
13407 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
13408 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
13410 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
13411 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
13412 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
13415 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
13418 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
13419 the last command executed.
13423 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
13424 the standard shell conform to Posix.
13428 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
13429 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
13430 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
13431 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
13432 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
13433 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
13434 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
13435 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
13436 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
13437 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
13439 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
13440 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
13443 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
13446 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
13447 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
13449 Autoconf-generated scripts automatically unset @env{CDPATH} if
13450 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
13454 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
13455 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
13456 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
13470 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
13471 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
13472 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
13473 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
13474 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
13475 this bug, Autoconf-generated scripts do something like this:
13478 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
13485 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
13486 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
13487 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
13488 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
13489 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
13493 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
13494 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
13495 settings for @env{IFS}.
13497 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
13498 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
13499 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
13500 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
13503 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
13504 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
13505 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
13506 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
13507 to this and join with a space anyway.
13519 @evindex LC_COLLATE
13521 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
13522 @evindex LC_MONETARY
13523 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
13526 Autoconf-generated scripts normally set all these variables to
13527 @samp{C} because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and
13528 Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to
13529 @samp{C} if the C locale is desired. However, some older, nonstandard
13530 systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
13531 are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
13532 Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
13537 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
13538 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so
13539 Autoconf-generated scripts set it too.
13542 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
13543 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
13546 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
13547 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
13548 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
13549 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
13552 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
13554 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
13555 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
13556 etc.)@: as described above.
13559 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
13560 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
13561 Autoconf attempts to execute @command{configure} with a shell that
13562 supports @code{LINENO}.
13563 If no such shell is available, it attempts to implement @code{LINENO}
13564 with a Sed prepass that replaces each instance of the string
13565 @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric character) with the
13568 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}, as the
13569 behavior differs in practice. Also, the possibility of the Sed
13570 prepass means that you should not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted,
13571 when in here-documents, or when in long commands that cross line
13572 boundaries. Subshells should be OK, though. In the following
13573 example, lines 1, 6, and 9 are portable, but the other instances of
13574 @code{LINENO} are not:
13584 ( echo 6. $LINENO )
13585 eval 'echo 7. $LINENO'
13591 $ @kbd{bash-2.05 lineno}
13602 $ @kbd{zsh-3.0.6 lineno}
13613 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 lineno}
13624 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
13630 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
13633 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
13649 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
13650 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
13651 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
13652 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
13653 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
13654 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
13656 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
13657 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
13658 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
13659 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
13660 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
13661 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
13662 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
13663 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
13664 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
13668 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
13669 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
13670 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
13671 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
13672 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
13673 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
13674 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
13678 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
13679 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
13680 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
13681 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
13682 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
13683 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
13686 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
13687 hence read-only. Do not use it.
13690 @node Shell Functions
13691 @section Shell Functions
13692 @cindex Shell Functions
13694 Nowadays, it is difficult to find a shell that does not support
13695 shell functions at all. However, some differences should be expected:
13697 Inside a shell function, you should not rely on the error status of a
13698 subshell if the last command of that subshell was @code{exit} or
13699 @code{trap}, as this triggers bugs in zsh 4.x; while Autoconf tries to
13700 find a shell that does not exhibit the bug, zsh might be the only shell
13701 present on the user's machine.
13703 Likewise, the state of @samp{$?} is not reliable when entering a shell
13704 function. This has the effect that using a function as the first
13705 command in a @command{trap} handler can cause problems.
13708 $ @kbd{bash -c 'foo()@{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
13711 $ @kbd{ash -c 'foo()@{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
13716 Shell variables and functions may share the same namespace, for example
13717 with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
13720 $ @kbd{f () @{ :; @}; f=; f}
13725 For this reason, Autotest uses the prefix @samp{at_func_} for its
13728 Handling of positional parameters and shell options varies among shells.
13729 For example, Korn shells reset and restore trace output (@samp{set -x})
13730 and other options upon function entry and exit. Inside a function,
13731 @acronym{IRIX} sh sets @samp{$0} to the function name.
13733 Some ancient Bourne shell variants with function support did not reset
13734 @samp{$@var{i}, @var{i} >= 0}, upon function exit, so effectively the
13735 arguments of the script were lost after the first function invocation.
13736 It is probably not worth worrying about these shells any more.
13738 With @acronym{AIX} sh, a @command{trap} on 0 installed in a shell function
13739 triggers at function exit rather than at script exit, see @xref{Limitations
13742 @node Limitations of Builtins
13743 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
13744 @cindex Shell builtins
13745 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
13747 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
13749 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
13750 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
13751 starting with a dash. For instance, the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
13752 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
13753 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
13754 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe.
13759 @prindex @command{.}
13760 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
13761 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Remember that
13762 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes. Also,
13763 some shells, including bash 3.2, implicitly append the current directory
13764 to this @env{PATH} search, even though Posix forbids it. So if you want
13765 to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current directory, you
13766 must use @samp{. ./foo}.
13770 @prindex @command{!}
13771 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
13772 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
13773 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
13774 Other shells, such as FreeBSD @command{/bin/sh} or @command{ash}, have
13775 bugs when using @command{!}:
13778 $ @kbd{sh -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
13780 $ @kbd{ash -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
13782 $ @kbd{sh -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
13784 $ @kbd{ash -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
13786 Syntax error: "@}" unexpected
13790 Shell code like this:
13793 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13794 echo files differ or trouble
13798 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
13802 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
13803 echo files differ or trouble
13806 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
13809 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
13813 @item @command{@{...@}}
13814 @c --------------------
13815 @prindex @command{@{...@}}
13816 Bash 3.2 (and earlier versions) sometimes does not properly set
13817 @samp{$?} when failing to write redirected output of a compound command.
13818 This problem is most commonly observed with @samp{@{@dots{}@}}; it does
13819 not occur with @samp{(@dots{})}. For example:
13822 $ @kbd{bash -c '@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
13823 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13825 $ @kbd{bash -c 'while :; do echo; done >/bad; echo $?'}
13826 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13830 To work around the bug, prepend @samp{:;}:
13833 $ @kbd{bash -c ':;@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
13834 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13839 @item @command{break}
13840 @c ------------------
13841 @prindex @command{break}
13842 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
13845 @item @command{case}
13846 @c -----------------
13847 @prindex @command{case}
13848 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
13850 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
13852 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
13853 parentheses like this:
13857 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
13862 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many Bourne
13863 shell implementations, which is a pity for those of us using tools that
13864 rely on balanced parentheses. For instance, with Solaris
13868 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
13869 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
13873 The leading @samp{(} can be omitted safely. In contexts where
13874 unbalanced parentheses cause other problems, such as when using a case
13875 statement as an argument to an Autoconf macro, you can also resort to
13876 creative shell comments to supply the balance:
13879 case $file_name in #(
13880 *.c) echo "C source code";;
13884 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
13885 command substitutions as though quoted:
13888 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
13889 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
13894 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
13895 handle backslashes in character classes:
13898 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
13903 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
13904 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
13905 bug, always put the backslash first:
13908 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
13910 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
13914 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
13917 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
13918 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
13919 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
13920 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
13921 have to be backslash-escaped:
13924 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
13926 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
13930 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
13932 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
13934 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
13935 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
13938 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
13940 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
13944 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
13945 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
13948 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
13949 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
13955 @prindex @command{cd}
13956 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
13957 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
13958 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
13959 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
13960 @option{-P} behavior.
13962 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
13963 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
13964 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
13965 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
13966 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
13967 @command{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
13968 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
13969 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
13970 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
13972 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
13973 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
13974 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
13977 @item @command{echo}
13978 @c -----------------
13979 @prindex @command{echo}
13980 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
13981 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
13982 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. New applications
13983 which are not aiming at portability should use @samp{printf} instead of
13986 Don't expect any option. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, @code{ECHO_N}
13987 etc.@: for a means to simulate @option{-n}.
13989 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
13990 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
13991 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
13992 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
13993 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
13996 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
13997 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
13998 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
13999 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
14009 @item @command{eval}
14010 @c -----------------
14011 @prindex @command{eval}
14012 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
14013 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
14014 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
14015 alphanumeric. However, @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary
14016 arguments, even when it is implemented correctly.
14018 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
14019 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
14020 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
14021 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
14022 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
14023 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
14024 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
14025 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
14026 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
14027 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
14028 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
14029 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
14031 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
14032 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
14033 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
14034 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
14035 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
14036 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
14037 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
14038 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
14039 this problem is known.
14041 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
14042 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
14043 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
14044 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
14045 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
14048 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
14052 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
14053 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
14055 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
14056 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
14058 @item @command{exec}
14059 @c -----------------
14060 @prindex @command{exec}
14061 Posix describes several categories of shell built-ins. Special
14062 built-ins (such as @command{exit}) must impact the environment of the
14063 current shell, and need not be available through @command{exec}. All
14064 other built-ins are regular, and must not propagate variable assignments
14065 to the environment of the current shell. However, the group of regular
14066 built-ins is further distinguished by commands that do not require a
14067 @env{PATH} search (such as @command{cd}), in contrast to built-ins that
14068 are offered as a more efficient version of something that must still be
14069 found in a @env{PATH} search (such as @command{echo}). Posix is not
14070 clear on whether @command{exec} must work with the list of 17 utilities
14071 that are invoked without a @env{PATH} search, and many platforms lack an
14072 executable for some of those built-ins:
14075 $ @kbd{sh -c 'exec cd /tmp'}
14076 sh: line 0: exec: cd: not found
14079 All other built-ins that provide utilities specified by Posix must have
14080 a counterpart executable that exists on @env{PATH}, although Posix
14081 allows @command{exec} to use the built-in instead of the executable.
14082 For example, contrast @command{bash} 3.2 and @command{pdksh} 5.2.14:
14085 $ @kbd{bash -c 'pwd --version' | head -n1}
14086 bash: line 0: pwd: --: invalid option
14087 pwd: usage: pwd [-LP]
14088 $ @kbd{bash -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
14089 pwd (GNU coreutils) 6.10
14090 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
14091 pdksh: pwd: --: unknown option
14094 When it is desired to avoid a regular shell built-in, the workaround is
14095 to use some other forwarding command, such as @command{env} or
14096 @command{nice}, that will ensure a path search:
14099 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec true --version' | head -n1}
14100 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'nice true --version' | head -n1}
14101 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
14102 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'env true --version' | head -n1}
14103 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
14106 @item @command{exit}
14107 @c -----------------
14108 @prindex @command{exit}
14109 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
14110 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
14111 perform @samp{exit 0}.
14114 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
14116 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
14118 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
14122 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
14124 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
14125 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
14126 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
14127 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
14129 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
14130 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
14131 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
14132 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
14133 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
14136 @item @command{export}
14137 @c -------------------
14138 @prindex @command{export}
14139 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
14140 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
14141 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
14142 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
14143 variable marked as exported.
14145 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
14146 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
14147 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
14148 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
14149 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
14150 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
14161 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
14162 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
14163 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
14165 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
14166 that you update; the export can occur before or after the assignment.
14168 Posix is not clear on whether the @command{export} of an undefined
14169 variable causes the variable to be defined with the value of an empty
14170 string, or merely marks any future definition of a variable by that name
14171 for export. Various shells behave differently in this regard:
14174 $ @kbd{sh -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
14175 $ @kbd{ash -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
14179 @item @command{false}
14180 @c ------------------
14181 @prindex @command{false}
14182 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
14183 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
14186 @item @command{for}
14187 @c ----------------
14188 @prindex @command{for}
14189 To loop over positional arguments, use:
14199 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
14200 since some shells improperly grok:
14208 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
14209 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
14212 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
14218 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
14219 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
14220 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
14225 @prindex @command{if}
14226 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
14229 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
14238 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
14243 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
14246 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
14251 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
14252 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
14253 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
14256 if test -f "$file"; then
14257 install "$file" "$dest"
14264 @item @command{printf}
14265 @c ------------------
14266 @prindex @command{printf}
14267 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
14268 Bash interprets it as an option and
14269 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
14270 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
14271 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
14272 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
14278 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
14281 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
14282 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
14285 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
14286 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
14287 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
14291 @item @command{read}
14292 @c ------------------
14293 @prindex @command{read}
14294 Not all shells support @option{-r} (Solaris @command{/bin/sh} for example).
14297 @item @command{pwd}
14298 @c ----------------
14299 @prindex @command{pwd}
14300 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
14301 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
14302 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
14303 components are all directories.
14305 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
14306 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
14307 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
14308 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
14309 @option{-P} behavior.
14311 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
14312 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
14313 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
14314 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
14317 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
14318 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
14322 Logical names are what the user specified.
14324 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
14325 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
14327 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
14328 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
14332 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
14335 @item @command{set}
14336 @c ----------------
14337 @prindex @command{set}
14338 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
14339 any options) does not sort its output.
14341 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
14343 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
14344 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
14345 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
14346 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
14347 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
14348 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
14349 @command{shift} to pop it out:
14352 set x $my_list; shift
14355 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
14356 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
14357 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
14358 makes scripts harder to debug.
14360 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
14361 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
14362 better to combine them:
14368 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
14369 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
14370 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
14371 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
14372 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
14373 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
14374 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
14375 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
14376 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
14377 wrapper works around the bug.
14379 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
14380 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
14381 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
14387 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
14390 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
14396 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
14397 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
14398 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
14401 @item @command{shift}
14402 @c ------------------
14403 @prindex @command{shift}
14404 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
14405 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
14406 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
14408 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; it was not in the 7th Edition Bourne shell,
14409 and it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
14412 @item @command{source}
14413 @c -------------------
14414 @prindex @command{source}
14415 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
14416 @command{.} instead.
14419 @item @command{test}
14420 @c -----------------
14421 @prindex @command{test}
14422 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
14423 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
14424 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
14427 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
14428 portable and should be avoided. Thus, portable uses of @command{test}
14429 should never have more than four arguments, and scripts should use shell
14430 constructs like @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead. If you combine
14431 @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same statement, keep in mind that they
14432 have equal precedence, so it is often better to parenthesize even when
14433 this is redundant. For example:
14437 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
14438 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
14441 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
14442 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
14445 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
14446 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
14449 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
14450 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
14451 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
14454 @item @command{test} (files)
14455 @c -------------------------
14456 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
14457 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
14458 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
14459 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
14460 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
14461 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
14462 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
14463 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
14464 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
14465 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
14467 @item @command{test} (strings)
14468 @c ---------------------------
14469 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
14470 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
14471 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
14474 Posix also says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"},
14475 @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
14476 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
14477 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
14478 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
14479 @var{string} looks like an operator:
14483 test: argument expected
14485 test: argument expected
14488 Similarly, Posix says that both @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
14489 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
14490 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
14491 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
14493 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
14494 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
14495 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
14497 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
14500 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
14505 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
14506 should be avoided by using:
14509 case $ac_feature in
14510 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
14514 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
14515 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
14518 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
14522 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
14523 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
14524 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
14527 @item @command{trap}
14528 @c -----------------
14529 @prindex @command{trap}
14530 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
14531 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
14532 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
14533 installed outside of a shell function, or @acronym{AIX} 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
14534 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
14536 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
14537 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
14538 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
14539 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
14540 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
14541 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
14543 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
14544 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
14545 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
14546 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
14547 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
14548 @command{exit} itself?''
14550 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
14551 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
14552 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
14553 that the trap receives:
14556 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
14559 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
14561 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
14565 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
14566 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
14567 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
14568 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash.
14570 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
14571 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
14574 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
14582 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
14584 @item @command{true}
14585 @c -----------------
14586 @prindex @command{true}
14587 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
14588 @c @prindex @command{:}
14589 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
14590 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
14591 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
14592 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
14593 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
14596 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
14597 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
14598 for @command{true}.
14602 @item @command{unset}
14603 @c ------------------
14604 @prindex @command{unset}
14605 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Bash 2.05a), @code{unset FOO} fails
14606 when @code{FOO} is not set. Also, Bash 2.01 mishandles @code{unset
14607 MAIL} in some cases and dumps core.
14609 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. Nevertheless, because
14610 it is extremely useful to disable embarrassing variables such as
14611 @code{PS1}, you can test for its existence and use
14612 it @emph{provided} you give a neutralizing value when @command{unset} is
14616 # "|| exit" suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message.
14617 if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
14622 $unset PS1 || PS1='$ '
14626 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
14627 @ref{Limitations of Builtins}, documentation of @command{export}, for
14628 the case of environment variables.
14631 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
14632 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
14633 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
14635 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
14636 include some limitations you should be aware of.
14642 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
14643 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
14646 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
14647 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
14648 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
14649 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
14650 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
14651 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
14655 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
14656 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
14657 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
14658 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
14659 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
14660 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
14663 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
14666 Posix says that in an @samp{END} action, @samp{$NF} (and presumably,
14667 @samp{$1}) retain their value from the last record read, if no
14668 intervening @samp{getline} occurred. However, some implementations
14669 (such as Solaris 10 @samp{/usr/bin/awk}, @samp{nawk}, or Darwin
14670 @samp{awk}) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an
14671 intermediate variable prior to the @samp{END} block. For example:
14674 $ @kbd{cat end.awk}
14676 END @{ print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp @}
14677 $ @kbd{echo 1 | awk -f end.awk}
14679 $ @kbd{echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk}
14683 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
14687 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
14694 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
14697 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
14702 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one,
14706 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
14707 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
14709 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
14711 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
14716 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
14717 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
14719 On @samp{ia64-hp-hpux11.23}, Awk mishandles @code{printf} conversions
14723 $ @kbd{awk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%u %d\n", 0, -1 @}'}
14727 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
14728 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
14730 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
14731 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
14732 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
14733 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
14734 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
14737 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
14740 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
14741 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @command{$AWK '@{print v
14742 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
14743 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
14746 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
14748 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
14749 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
14750 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
14752 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
14754 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp}, @code{index},
14755 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
14756 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
14758 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
14761 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
14762 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
14764 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
14765 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
14766 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
14768 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99 fields in a record. Since some Awk
14769 implementations, like Tru64's, split the input even if you don't refer
14770 to any field in the script, to circumvent this problem, set @samp{FS}
14771 to an unusual character and use @code{split}.
14773 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
14774 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
14777 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
14778 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
14779 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
14780 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
14782 @item @command{basename}
14783 @c ---------------------
14784 @prindex @command{basename}
14785 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
14786 You can use @command{expr} instead.
14788 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
14790 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
14791 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
14792 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
14795 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
14796 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
14798 # This is not portable.
14799 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
14801 # This is more portable.
14802 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
14804 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
14810 @item @command{cat}
14811 @c ----------------
14812 @prindex @command{cat}
14813 Don't rely on any option.
14818 @prindex @command{cc}
14819 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
14820 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
14821 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
14822 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
14823 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
14824 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
14826 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
14827 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
14829 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
14830 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
14833 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
14836 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
14837 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
14838 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
14839 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
14840 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
14843 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
14844 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
14845 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
14846 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
14847 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
14848 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
14852 @item @command{chmod}
14853 @c ------------------
14854 @prindex @command{chmod}
14855 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
14856 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
14857 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
14858 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
14859 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
14860 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
14861 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
14862 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
14865 @item @command{cmp}
14866 @c ----------------
14867 @prindex @command{cmp}
14868 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
14869 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
14870 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
14871 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
14877 @prindex @command{cp}
14878 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
14879 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
14880 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
14881 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @command{cp -r}
14882 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
14884 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
14885 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
14886 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
14887 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
14888 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
14890 @c This is thanks to Ian.
14891 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
14892 its @command{mv} does.
14894 @cindex timestamp resolution
14895 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
14896 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
14897 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
14898 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
14899 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
14900 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
14901 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
14902 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
14903 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
14904 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
14905 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
14906 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
14907 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
14909 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
14910 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
14911 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
14912 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
14913 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
14916 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
14917 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
14918 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
14919 @acronym{BSD} changed this
14920 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
14921 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
14922 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
14924 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
14925 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
14926 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
14927 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
14928 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
14929 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
14933 @item @command{date}
14934 @c -----------------
14935 @prindex @command{date}
14936 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
14937 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
14938 and exit with success:
14942 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
14948 @item @command{diff}
14949 @c -----------------
14950 @prindex @command{diff}
14951 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
14953 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
14954 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
14957 @item @command{dirname}
14958 @c --------------------
14959 @prindex @command{dirname}
14960 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
14961 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
14964 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
14965 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
14969 @item @command{egrep}
14970 @c ------------------
14971 @prindex @command{egrep}
14972 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
14973 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
14974 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
14975 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
14976 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
14978 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
14979 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
14980 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
14982 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
14983 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
14986 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
14988 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
14990 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
14995 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}.
14997 @item @command{expr}
14998 @c -----------------
14999 @prindex @command{expr}
15000 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
15001 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
15002 misinterpreting @var{word}.
15004 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
15006 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
15007 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
15008 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
15009 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
15010 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
15017 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
15018 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
15019 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
15020 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
15021 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
15022 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
15026 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
15030 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
15033 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
15034 @c ----------------------------
15035 @prindex @command{expr}
15036 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
15037 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
15038 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
15039 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
15040 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
15042 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
15043 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
15046 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
15047 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
15048 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
15049 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
15050 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
15052 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
15053 the empty string as a default value:
15056 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
15060 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
15061 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
15063 Some ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
15064 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
15065 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
15066 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
15067 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
15068 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
15069 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
15071 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
15072 some cases. For example, the command
15074 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
15078 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
15079 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
15082 Don't leave, there is some more!
15084 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
15085 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
15086 when parentheses are used!
15089 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
15091 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
15094 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
15096 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
15101 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
15102 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
15103 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
15106 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
15110 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
15111 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
15112 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
15114 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
15115 can be interpreted that way:
15118 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
15123 @item @command{fgrep}
15124 @c ------------------
15125 @prindex @command{fgrep}
15126 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
15127 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
15128 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
15129 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
15130 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
15133 @item @command{find}
15134 @c -----------------
15135 @prindex @command{find}
15136 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
15137 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
15138 commands do not understand it.
15140 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
15141 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
15142 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
15146 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
15151 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
15154 @item @command{grep}
15155 @c -----------------
15156 @prindex @command{grep}
15157 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
15158 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
15159 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
15160 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
15161 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
15162 as Posix does not allow this.
15164 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
15165 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
15166 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
15167 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
15168 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
15169 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
15170 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
15171 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
15172 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
15173 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
15175 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
15176 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
15177 lines on the input before matching.
15179 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
15180 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
15181 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
15182 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
15185 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
15186 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
15194 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
15195 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
15197 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
15198 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
15199 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
15200 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
15201 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
15202 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
15205 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
15206 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
15207 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
15208 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
15209 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
15210 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
15211 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
15212 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
15214 Posix does not specify the behavior of @command{grep} on binary files.
15215 An example where this matters is using @acronym{BSD} @command{grep} to
15216 search text that includes embedded @acronym{ANSI} escape sequences for
15217 colored output to terminals (@samp{\033[m} is the sequence to restore
15218 normal output); the behavior depends on whether input is seekable:
15221 $ @kbd{printf 'esc\033[mape\n' > sample}
15222 $ @kbd{grep . sample}
15223 Binary file sample matches
15224 $ @kbd{cat sample | grep .}
15229 @item @command{join}
15230 @c -----------------
15231 @prindex @command{join}
15232 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
15233 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
15234 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
15241 cat file | join file -
15244 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
15249 @prindex @command{ln}
15250 @cindex Symbolic links
15251 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
15252 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
15254 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
15255 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
15256 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
15257 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
15258 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
15259 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
15260 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
15261 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
15262 for symbolic links.
15267 @prindex @command{ls}
15268 @cindex Listing directories
15269 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
15270 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
15271 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
15273 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
15274 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
15275 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
15276 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
15277 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
15278 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
15280 @item @command{mkdir}
15281 @c ------------------
15282 @prindex @command{mkdir}
15283 @cindex Making directories
15284 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
15285 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use
15286 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
15287 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
15289 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
15290 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. Free@acronym{BSD}
15291 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
15292 @var{dir} even if it already exists. @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 and
15293 @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
15294 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
15296 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
15297 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
15298 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
15299 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
15301 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
15302 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
15303 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
15304 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
15305 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
15306 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
15307 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
15308 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
15309 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
15310 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
15311 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
15312 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
15313 construct directories. You may use
15314 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
15315 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
15316 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
15319 @item @command{mktemp}
15320 @c -------------------
15321 @prindex @command{mktemp}
15322 @cindex Creating temporary files
15323 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
15324 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
15325 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
15326 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
15327 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
15328 gratuitously under attack.
15330 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
15333 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
15334 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
15335 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
15339 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
15341 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
15343 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
15344 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
15351 @prindex @command{mv}
15352 @cindex Moving open files
15353 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
15355 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
15357 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
15358 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
15359 @file{existing} actually exists.
15361 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
15362 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
15363 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
15364 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
15365 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
15366 a diagnostic without failing:
15369 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
15370 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
15371 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
15379 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
15381 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
15384 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
15385 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
15386 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
15391 @prindex @command{od}
15393 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
15394 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
15395 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
15396 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
15397 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
15398 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
15400 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
15405 @prindex @command{rm}
15406 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
15408 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without operands. For
15409 example, on many systems @samp{rm -f -r} (with no other arguments)
15410 silently succeeds without doing anything, but it fails with a diagnostic
15411 on Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2.
15413 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
15414 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
15415 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
15418 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
15419 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
15420 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
15423 @item @command{sed}
15424 @c ----------------
15425 @prindex @command{sed}
15426 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
15427 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
15428 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
15430 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
15431 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
15434 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
15436 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
15437 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
15438 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
15439 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
15440 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
15441 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
15442 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
15444 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
15445 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
15446 @samp{;} as a command:
15449 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
15450 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
15453 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
15454 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes.
15456 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
15457 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
15458 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
15459 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
15460 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
15461 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
15462 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
15464 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
15466 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
15467 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
15468 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
15470 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
15471 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
15472 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
15475 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
15477 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
15481 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
15482 However, its argument
15483 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
15484 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
15485 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on @acronym{AIX} 5.3.
15486 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
15489 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
15490 -e '@var{command-2}'
15494 as opposed to the equivalent:
15504 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
15507 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
15510 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
15511 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
15512 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
15513 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
15516 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
15517 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
15518 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
15519 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
15520 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
15522 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
15523 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
15524 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
15526 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
15529 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
15530 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
15531 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
15534 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
15535 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
15536 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
15537 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
15538 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
15542 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
15543 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
15544 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
15546 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
15547 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
15548 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
15549 subsequent label name.
15551 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
15552 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
15553 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
15554 implementations (e.g., Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9) do not append a newline to the
15557 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
15558 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9, Solaris 10
15559 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
15560 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
15561 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
15564 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
15569 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
15576 Posix requires that with an empty regular expression, the last non-empty
15577 regular expression from either an address specification or substitution
15578 command is applied. However, busybox 1.6.1 complains when using a
15579 substitution command with a replacement containing a back-reference to
15580 an empty regular expression; the workaround is repeating the regular
15584 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s//\1/'}
15585 sed: No previous regexp.
15586 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s/a\(b\)c/\1/'}
15591 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
15592 @c ---------------------------
15593 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
15594 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
15595 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
15596 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
15597 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
15600 s/keep me/kept/g # a
15636 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
15637 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
15638 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
15639 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
15640 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
15641 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
15642 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
15643 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
15644 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
15646 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
15647 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
15648 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
15649 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
15650 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
15652 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
15655 One portable implementation of the script above is:
15666 @item @command{touch}
15667 @c ------------------
15668 @prindex @command{touch}
15669 @cindex timestamp resolution
15670 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
15671 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
15672 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
15673 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
15675 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
15676 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
15677 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
15679 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
15680 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
15681 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
15682 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
15686 @prindex @command{tr}
15687 @cindex carriage return, deleting
15688 @cindex deleting carriage return
15689 Not all versions of @command{tr} handle all backslash character escapes.
15690 For example, Solaris 10 @command{/usr/ucb/tr} falls over, even though
15691 Solaris contains more modern @command{tr} in other locations.
15692 Therefore, it is more portable to use octal escapes, even though this
15693 ties the result to @acronym{ASCII}, when using @command{tr} to delete
15694 newlines or carriage returns.
15697 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
15700 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/bin/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
15702 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\012' ; echo}
15709 @node Portable Make
15710 @chapter Portable Make Programming
15711 @prindex @command{make}
15712 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
15714 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
15715 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
15716 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
15720 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
15721 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
15722 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
15723 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
15724 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
15725 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
15726 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
15727 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
15728 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
15729 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
15730 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
15731 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
15732 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
15733 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
15734 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
15737 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
15738 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
15740 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
15741 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
15742 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
15743 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
15744 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
15746 @node Failure in Make Rules
15747 @section Failure in Make Rules
15749 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
15750 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
15751 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
15752 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
15753 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
15754 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
15755 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
15756 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
15757 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
15758 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
15760 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
15761 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
15762 @command{set} (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}), so if you are worried
15763 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
15764 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
15766 @node Special Chars in Names
15767 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
15769 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
15770 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
15771 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
15772 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
15773 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
15775 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
15776 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
15779 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15782 all:; @@echo this is test
15784 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
15785 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
15788 all:; @@echo this is test
15789 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
15794 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
15796 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
15797 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
15799 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
15800 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
15801 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
15802 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
15803 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
15817 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
15818 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
15821 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
15822 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
15824 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
15825 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
15828 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15835 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15840 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
15841 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
15842 trailing backslash.
15845 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
15846 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
15847 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
15851 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
15852 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
15860 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
15861 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
15863 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
15864 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
15865 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
15867 @node Macros and Submakes
15868 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
15870 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
15871 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
15872 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
15873 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
15874 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
15877 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15884 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
15887 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
15889 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
15890 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
15896 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
15897 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
15898 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
15899 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
15903 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
15906 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
15907 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
15908 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
15909 submakes as expected.
15911 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
15912 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
15913 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
15914 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
15915 @option{-e} option to submakes.
15917 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
15918 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
15919 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
15922 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
15923 manually, from your makefile:
15929 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
15934 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
15937 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
15938 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
15939 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
15940 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
15942 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
15943 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
15944 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
15945 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
15946 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
15947 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
15948 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
15949 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
15950 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
15953 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15955 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
15959 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
15962 @node The Make Macro SHELL
15963 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
15964 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
15965 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
15967 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
15968 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
15969 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
15970 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
15972 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
15974 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
15975 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
15976 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
15982 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
15983 everywhere. For instance @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when
15984 its @acronym{GNU} @code{make} port sees such a setting it enters a special
15985 emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are emulated
15986 on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this emulation is
15987 incomplete; for instance it does not handle command substitutions.
15988 On @acronym{DJGPP} @code{SHELL} should point to Bash.
15990 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
15991 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
15992 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
15993 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
15995 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
15996 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
15997 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
16000 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16006 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
16009 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
16014 @node Comments in Make Rules
16015 @section Comments in Make Rules
16016 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
16017 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
16019 Never put comments in a rule.
16021 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
16022 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
16023 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
16024 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
16031 @node obj/ and Make
16032 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
16033 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
16034 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
16036 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
16039 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
16040 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
16041 current directory is not read.
16044 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16047 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
16050 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16053 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
16058 @node make -k Status
16059 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
16060 @cindex @code{make -k}
16062 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
16063 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
16064 implementations always succeed.
16067 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16070 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
16072 make: *** [all] Error 1
16074 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
16076 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
16080 @node VPATH and Make
16081 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
16082 @cindex @code{VPATH}
16084 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
16085 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
16088 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
16089 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
16090 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
16091 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
16092 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
16093 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
16094 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
16095 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
16096 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
16098 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
16102 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
16103 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
16104 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
16105 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
16106 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
16109 @node VPATH and Double-colon
16110 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
16111 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
16112 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
16114 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
16115 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
16116 the first set of double-colon rules.
16117 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
16119 @node $< in Explicit Rules
16120 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
16121 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
16122 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
16123 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
16125 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
16126 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
16127 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
16128 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
16130 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
16131 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
16132 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
16133 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
16135 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
16136 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
16137 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
16141 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
16148 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
16149 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
16151 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
16152 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
16153 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
16154 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
16155 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
16156 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
16157 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
16158 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
16160 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
16161 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
16163 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
16166 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
16169 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
16173 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
16174 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
16178 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
16189 and thus fails. Oops.
16191 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
16192 @samp{$@@} when possible:
16201 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
16202 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
16203 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
16204 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
16205 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
16210 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
16212 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
16214 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
16217 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
16221 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
16222 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
16223 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
16224 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
16225 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
16226 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
16230 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
16231 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
16232 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
16233 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
16235 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
16238 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
16240 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
16241 /usr/local/include/$i; \
16245 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
16246 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
16250 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
16253 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
16262 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
16265 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
16266 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
16268 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
16269 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
16272 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
16273 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
16274 for i in $$headers; do \
16275 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
16276 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
16277 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
16281 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
16284 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
16288 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
16289 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
16290 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
16291 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
16293 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
16297 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
16298 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
16299 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
16300 for i in $$headers; do \
16301 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
16302 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
16303 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
16304 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
16308 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
16309 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
16310 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
16311 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
16312 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
16313 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
16314 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
16315 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
16316 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
16318 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
16322 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16334 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
16335 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
16336 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
16337 occurred before the file was checked for.)
16339 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
16344 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
16352 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
16353 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
16354 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
16355 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
16357 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
16358 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
16361 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
16363 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
16372 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
16373 search as presented before.
16378 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
16381 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
16382 directory that was created in the current directory.
16384 @node Make Target Lookup
16385 @subsection Make Target Lookup
16386 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
16388 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
16389 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
16390 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
16393 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
16394 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
16395 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
16396 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
16397 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
16399 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
16400 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
16401 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
16402 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
16403 @code{VPATH} location.
16405 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
16407 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
16408 This is extremely annoying.
16410 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
16411 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
16413 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
16414 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
16415 updates existing files in the source directory.
16418 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16421 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
16422 @@echo Building $@@
16423 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16424 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16425 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16428 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16431 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16434 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16437 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16438 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16440 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16442 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16445 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16450 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
16451 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
16452 @command{make} always
16453 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
16455 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
16456 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
16457 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
16458 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
16460 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
16461 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
16462 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
16463 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
16466 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16470 @@echo Building $@@
16474 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16475 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16476 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16479 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16480 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
16481 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16485 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16486 echo Building bar.x
16488 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16490 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16492 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
16496 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
16497 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
16498 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
16499 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
16500 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
16504 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16511 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16512 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16513 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16516 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16519 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16521 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16523 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16527 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
16528 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
16529 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
16532 @node Single Suffix Rules
16533 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
16534 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
16535 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
16536 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
16537 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
16540 @cindex Separated Dependencies
16541 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
16542 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
16543 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
16545 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
16546 targets defined by single suffix rules:
16549 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16554 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
16561 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
16567 Makefile foo foo.in
16570 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
16573 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16582 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
16585 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16587 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
16594 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
16596 @node Timestamps and Make
16597 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
16598 @cindex timestamp resolution
16599 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
16600 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
16601 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
16602 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
16603 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
16604 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
16605 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
16606 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
16608 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
16609 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{Limitations of Usual
16610 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
16617 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
16618 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
16619 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
16620 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
16631 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
16633 @node Portable C and C++
16634 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
16635 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
16637 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
16638 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
16641 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
16642 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
16643 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
16644 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
16645 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
16646 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
16647 standards. Many programs also assume the
16648 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix standard}.
16650 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
16651 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
16652 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
16654 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
16655 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
16656 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
16660 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
16661 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
16662 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
16663 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
16664 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
16665 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
16666 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
16667 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
16670 @node Varieties of Unportability
16671 @section Varieties of Unportability
16672 @cindex portability
16674 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
16675 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
16676 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
16677 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
16678 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
16679 and undefined behavior.
16681 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
16682 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
16683 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
16684 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
16687 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
16688 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
16689 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
16690 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
16691 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
16692 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
16693 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
16694 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
16696 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
16697 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
16698 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
16699 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
16700 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
16702 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
16703 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
16704 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
16705 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
16706 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
16707 the programs work well enough in practice.
16709 @node Integer Overflow
16710 @section Integer Overflow
16711 @cindex integer overflow
16712 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16713 @cindex signed integer overflow
16714 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16716 In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps
16717 around reliably using two's complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard
16718 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases
16719 C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their
16720 overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in
16721 signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow
16722 behavior that is commonly not implemented.
16725 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
16726 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
16727 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
16728 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
16729 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
16732 @node Integer Overflow Basics
16733 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
16734 @cindex integer overflow
16735 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16736 @cindex signed integer overflow
16737 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16739 In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
16740 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
16741 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
16742 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
16743 nonstandard optimization options
16744 suitable only for special applications.
16746 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
16747 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
16748 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
16749 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
16750 multiplication, division, and left shift.
16752 Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf
16753 tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a
16754 power of two, using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the
16755 resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed
16756 integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such
16757 programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern
16758 platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
16760 For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with
16761 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to
16762 assume two's complement nowadays.
16764 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
16765 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
16766 happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all
16767 known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need
16768 not worry about other possibilities.
16770 @node Signed Overflow Examples
16771 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
16772 @cindex integer overflow
16773 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16774 @cindex signed integer overflow
16775 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16777 There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for
16778 signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The
16779 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
16780 overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow
16781 wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but
16782 they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are
16783 understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break
16784 many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
16786 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
16787 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
16788 overflow. To take an extreme example:
16790 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
16791 @c <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
16793 if (password == expected_password)
16794 allow_superuser_privileges ();
16795 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
16798 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
16802 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
16803 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
16804 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
16805 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
16806 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
16807 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
16808 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
16809 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
16811 Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C
16812 code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all
16813 known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume
16814 wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform
16815 strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following
16816 examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
16818 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
16819 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
16825 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
16826 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
16827 return (f ? -n : n);
16831 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
16832 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
16833 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first @code{+}
16836 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
16837 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
16838 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
16841 static long int randx = 1;
16843 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
16844 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
16847 In the following example, derived from the @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.5
16848 implementation of @code{mktime} (2006-09-09), the code assumes
16849 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
16853 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
16855 t1 = t + sec_requested;
16856 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
16857 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
16858 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
16862 If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though
16863 it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to
16864 believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that
16865 is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
16867 @node Optimization and Wraparound
16868 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
16869 @cindex loop induction
16871 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
16872 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
16873 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
16874 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
16875 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
16876 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
16877 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
16878 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
16879 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
16881 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
16882 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
16887 sumc (int lo, int hi)
16891 for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
16898 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
16899 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
16904 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
16909 for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
16916 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
16917 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
16918 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
16919 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
16920 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
16922 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
16923 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
16924 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
16925 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
16926 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
16929 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
16930 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
16931 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
16936 for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
16941 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
16942 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
16943 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
16944 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
16945 writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
16946 @acronym{GCC} with @option{-O2}, but it might be performed by other
16947 compilers, or by more aggressive @acronym{GCC} optimization options,
16948 and the @acronym{GCC} developers have not decided whether it will
16949 continue to work with @acronym{GCC} and @option{-O2}.
16951 @node Signed Overflow Advice
16952 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
16953 @cindex integer overflow
16954 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16955 @cindex signed integer overflow
16956 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16958 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
16959 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
16960 can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values,
16961 then test whether the result is in signed range.
16963 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
16964 the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
16965 performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
16966 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
16967 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
16968 platform to platform.
16970 Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior
16971 and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions.
16972 Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes
16973 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
16974 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
16976 If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in @code{sum = a +
16977 b}, it is generally safe to use an expression like @code{(sum < a) != (b
16980 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
16981 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
16982 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
16986 for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
16989 report_overflow ();
16995 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
16996 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
16997 wraparound assumption.
16999 If your code uses an expression like @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} and you
17000 actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
17001 unsigned arithmetic
17002 to do it, e.g., @code{((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000}.
17004 If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it
17005 against any @acronym{GCC} optimizations that would fail to support that
17006 behavior, you should use @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-fwrapv} option, which
17007 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
17008 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
17010 If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not
17011 reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to
17012 highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with
17013 @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-ftrapv} option, which causes signed overflow to
17014 raise an exception.
17016 @node Signed Integer Division
17017 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
17018 @cindex division, integer
17021 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
17022 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
17023 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
17024 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
17025 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
17026 because the expression does not overflow.
17028 @node Preprocessor Arithmetic
17029 @section Preprocessor Arithmetic
17030 @cindex preprocessor arithmetic
17032 In C99, preprocessor arithmetic, used for @code{#if} expressions, must
17033 be evaluated as if all signed values are of type @code{intmax_t} and all
17034 unsigned values of type @code{uintmax_t}. Many compilers are buggy in
17035 this area, though. For example, as of 2007, Sun C mishandles @code{#if
17036 LLONG_MIN < 0} on a platform with 32-bit @code{long int} and 64-bit
17037 @code{long long int}. Also, some older preprocessors mishandle
17038 constants ending in @code{LL}. To work around these problems, you can
17039 compute the value of expressions like @code{LONG_MAX < LLONG_MAX} at
17040 @code{configure}-time rather than at @code{#if}-time.
17042 @node Null Pointers
17043 @section Properties of Null Pointers
17044 @cindex null pointers
17046 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
17049 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
17050 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
17051 the pointers in an array to null values.
17053 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
17054 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
17055 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
17057 @node Buffer Overruns
17058 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
17059 @cindex buffer overruns
17061 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
17062 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
17063 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
17064 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
17065 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
17067 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
17068 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
17069 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
17070 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
17071 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
17072 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
17073 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
17074 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
17075 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
17076 element at the start or end.
17078 @uref{http://valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
17080 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
17083 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
17084 more subtle ways to get them.
17086 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
17087 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
17088 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
17089 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
17090 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
17092 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
17093 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
17094 multiplication overflows.
17096 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
17097 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
17098 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
17099 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
17101 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
17102 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
17103 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
17104 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
17105 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
17106 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
17107 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
17109 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
17110 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
17113 @node Volatile Objects
17114 @section Volatile Objects
17115 @cindex volatile objects
17117 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
17118 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
17119 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
17121 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
17122 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
17123 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
17124 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
17125 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
17126 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
17127 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
17128 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
17129 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
17131 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
17132 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
17133 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
17134 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
17135 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
17136 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
17137 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
17138 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
17141 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
17142 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
17143 static int volatile x;
17146 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
17147 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
17149 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
17157 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
17158 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
17159 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
17160 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
17161 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
17162 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
17163 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
17164 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
17165 objects are ordinary.
17167 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
17168 the C standard allows only
17169 extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
17170 handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
17171 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
17172 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and (if C99)
17173 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
17174 disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
17175 @code{sig_atomic_t volatile} lvalue that is not a local variable.
17176 (There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
17177 character, since it may point into part of a @code{sig_atomic_t
17178 volatile} object.) Posix
17179 adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
17180 handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
17182 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
17183 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
17184 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
17185 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
17186 different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
17187 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
17188 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
17189 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
17190 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
17191 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
17192 @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection (@acronym{GCC})}, for some
17193 restrictions imposed by @acronym{GCC}. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
17194 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The @acronym{GNU} C Library}, for some
17195 restrictions imposed by the @acronym{GNU} C library. Restrictions
17196 differ on other platforms.
17198 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
17199 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
17201 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
17202 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
17203 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
17204 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
17205 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
17206 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
17207 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
17208 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
17209 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
17210 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
17211 Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
17212 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
17213 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
17215 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
17216 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
17217 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
17219 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
17220 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
17221 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
17222 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
17223 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
17225 @node Floating Point Portability
17226 @section Floating Point Portability
17227 @cindex floating point
17229 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
17230 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
17231 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
17232 @uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
17233 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
17235 @node Exiting Portably
17236 @section Exiting Portably
17237 @cindex exiting portably
17239 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
17240 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
17241 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
17242 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
17243 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
17244 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
17245 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
17246 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
17247 are no longer of practical concern.
17249 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
17250 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
17251 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
17252 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
17253 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
17254 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
17255 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
17256 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
17258 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
17259 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
17260 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
17264 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
17266 @node Manual Configuration
17267 @chapter Manual Configuration
17269 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
17270 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
17271 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
17272 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
17273 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
17274 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
17275 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
17278 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
17279 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
17280 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
17283 @node Specifying Names
17284 @section Specifying the System Type
17285 @cindex System type
17288 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
17289 for the system type, which has the form:
17290 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
17291 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
17293 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
17294 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
17295 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
17296 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
17298 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
17299 arguments to @command{configure}. Doing so is necessary when
17300 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
17301 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
17304 @item --build=@var{build-type}
17305 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
17306 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
17308 @item --host=@var{host-type}
17309 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
17310 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
17313 @item --target=@var{target-type}
17314 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
17315 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
17318 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
17319 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
17320 cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
17321 whenever you specify @option{--host},
17322 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
17323 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
17326 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
17330 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
17331 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
17332 example, configuring as follows fails:
17335 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
17338 In the future, when cross-compiling Autoconf will @emph{not}
17339 accept tools (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not
17340 prefixed with the host type. The only case when this may be
17341 useful is when you really are not cross-compiling, but only
17342 building for a least-common-denominator architecture: an example
17343 is building for @code{i386-pc-linux-gnu} while running on an
17344 @code{i686-pc-linux-gnu} architecture. In this case, some particular
17345 pairs might be similar enough to let you get away with the system
17346 compilers, but in general the compiler might make bogus assumptions
17347 on the host: if you know what you are doing, please create symbolic
17348 links from the host compiler to the build compiler.
17350 @cindex @command{config.sub}
17351 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
17352 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
17353 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
17354 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
17356 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
17357 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
17360 @node Canonicalizing
17361 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
17362 @cindex System type
17363 @cindex Canonical system type
17365 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
17368 @ovindex build_alias
17369 @ovindex host_alias
17370 @ovindex target_alias
17372 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
17373 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
17374 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
17375 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
17376 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
17377 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
17378 interaction with the user.
17380 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
17381 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
17382 variables are not set before the macro call.
17384 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
17385 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
17386 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
17387 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
17390 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
17391 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
17394 @ovindex build_vendor
17396 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
17397 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
17400 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
17401 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17402 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
17405 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
17406 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
17409 @ovindex host_vendor
17411 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
17412 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
17415 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
17416 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17417 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
17420 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
17421 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
17423 @ovindex target_cpu
17424 @ovindex target_vendor
17426 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
17427 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
17430 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
17431 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17432 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
17435 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
17436 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
17438 @node Using System Type
17439 @section Using the System Type
17441 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
17442 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
17443 be used to match a group of system types.
17445 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
17446 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
17447 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
17448 program or library.
17452 alpha*-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o ;;
17453 i?86-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o ;;
17456 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
17459 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
17460 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
17461 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
17462 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
17466 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
17467 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
17468 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
17472 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
17473 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
17475 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
17476 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
17477 (which is where the build is being done).
17479 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
17480 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
17481 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
17482 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
17483 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
17487 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
17490 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
17491 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
17492 be driven from @samp{$host}.
17494 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
17495 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
17497 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
17498 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
17499 even examining the compiler output.
17502 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
17503 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
17504 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
17505 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
17506 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
17507 construction themselves determine how the target works.
17510 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
17512 @node Site Configuration
17513 @chapter Site Configuration
17515 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
17516 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
17517 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
17518 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
17522 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
17523 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
17524 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
17525 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
17526 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
17527 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
17528 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
17529 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
17532 @node Help Formatting
17533 @section Controlling Help Output
17535 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
17536 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
17537 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
17538 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
17544 --enable-bar include bar
17551 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
17552 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
17554 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
17555 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
17556 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
17559 Optional Features and Packages:
17561 --enable-bar include bar
17567 @node External Software
17568 @section Working With External Software
17569 @cindex External software
17571 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
17572 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
17573 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
17574 The options have one of these forms:
17576 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
17579 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
17580 --without-@var{package}
17583 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
17584 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
17587 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
17588 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
17589 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
17590 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
17591 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
17592 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
17593 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
17594 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
17595 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
17597 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
17598 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
17599 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
17602 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
17603 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
17604 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
17605 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
17607 @anchor{AC_ARG_WITH}
17608 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @
17609 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
17611 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
17612 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
17613 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
17614 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
17615 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
17616 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
17618 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
17619 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
17620 actually just the value of the shell variable named
17621 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
17622 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
17625 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
17628 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
17632 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
17633 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
17634 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. You'll need to enclose the
17635 help string in @samp{[} and @samp{]} in order to produce the leading
17638 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
17639 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
17641 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
17642 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
17643 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
17644 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
17645 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
17648 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17650 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17651 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
17652 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
17654 [with_readline=check])
17657 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17658 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17659 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17660 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17661 [Define if you have libreadline])
17663 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
17665 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
17670 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
17671 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
17672 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
17674 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17676 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17677 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
17678 [enable experimental support for readline])],
17680 [with_readline=no])
17683 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17684 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17685 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17686 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17687 [Define if you have libreadline])
17690 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
17694 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
17695 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
17696 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
17698 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17700 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17701 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
17702 [disable support for readline])],
17704 [with_readline=yes])
17707 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17708 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17709 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17710 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17711 [Define if you have libreadline])
17714 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
17718 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
17719 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
17720 @ref{Package Options}).
17723 @node Package Options
17724 @section Choosing Package Options
17725 @cindex Package options
17726 @cindex Options, package
17728 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
17729 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
17730 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
17732 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
17735 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
17736 --disable-@var{feature}
17739 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
17740 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
17741 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
17742 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
17745 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
17746 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
17747 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
17748 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
17749 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
17750 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
17752 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
17753 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
17754 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
17757 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
17758 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
17759 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
17760 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
17762 @anchor{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
17763 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @
17764 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
17765 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
17766 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
17767 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
17768 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
17769 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
17770 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
17771 alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
17773 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
17774 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
17775 actually just the value of the shell variable named
17776 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
17777 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
17778 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
17779 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
17781 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
17782 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
17784 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
17785 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
17786 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
17789 @node Pretty Help Strings
17790 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
17791 @cindex Help strings
17793 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
17794 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
17795 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
17796 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
17797 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
17798 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
17800 @anchor{AS_HELP_STRING}
17801 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side} @
17802 @dvar{indent-column, 26}, @dvar{wrap-column, 79})
17803 @asindex{HELP_STRING}
17805 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
17806 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
17807 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
17808 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
17812 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
17813 [use foo (default is no)])],
17814 [use_foo=$withval],
17818 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
17822 --enable and --with options recognized:
17823 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
17826 Macro expansion is performed on the first argument. However, the second
17827 argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is treated as a whitespace separated
17828 list of text to be reformatted, and is not subject to macro expansion.
17829 Since it is not expanded, it should not be double quoted.
17830 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
17832 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
17833 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
17834 arguments, as shown in the following example. Be aware that
17835 @var{left-hand-side} may not expand to unbalanced quotes,
17836 although quadrigraphs can be used.
17839 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
17840 [AC_ARG_WITH(m4_translit([[$1]], [_], [-]),
17841 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-m4_translit([$1], [_], [-])],
17842 [use $1 (default is $2)])],
17843 [use_[]$1=$withval],
17845 MY_ARG_WITH([a_b], [no])
17848 Here, the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} will include:
17851 --enable and --with options recognized:
17852 --with-a-b use a_b (default is no)
17855 The parameters @var{indent-column} and @var{wrap-column} were introduced
17856 in Autoconf 2.62. Generally, they should not be specified; they exist
17857 for fine-tuning of the wrapping.
17859 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option])
17860 @result{} --option description of option
17861 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option], [15], [30])
17862 @result{} --option description of
17868 @node Option Checking
17869 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
17870 @cindex Options, Package
17872 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
17873 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
17874 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
17875 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
17876 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
17877 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
17880 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
17881 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
17882 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
17883 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
17884 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the @acronym{GNU} Coding
17885 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
17886 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
17887 automatically disables the warnings.
17889 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
17890 can invoke @command{configure --disable-option-checking} to disable
17891 these warnings, or invoke @command{configure --enable-option-checking=fatal}
17892 options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
17893 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
17895 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
17896 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
17898 By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
17899 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
17900 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
17902 The installer can override this behavior by passing
17903 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
17904 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
17905 @command{configure}.
17910 @section Configuring Site Details
17911 @cindex Site details
17913 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
17914 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
17915 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
17916 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
17917 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
17918 scripts, which aren't interactive.
17920 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
17921 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
17922 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
17923 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
17924 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
17925 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
17926 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
17927 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
17928 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
17929 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
17931 @node Transforming Names
17932 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
17933 @cindex Transforming program names
17934 @cindex Program names, transforming
17936 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
17937 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
17938 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
17940 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
17941 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
17942 @ovindex program_transform_name
17943 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
17944 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
17946 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
17947 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
17948 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
17949 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
17950 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
17954 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
17955 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
17956 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
17959 @node Transformation Options
17960 @subsection Transformation Options
17962 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
17963 command line options:
17966 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
17967 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
17969 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
17970 append @var{suffix} to the names;
17972 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
17973 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
17976 @node Transformation Examples
17977 @subsection Transformation Examples
17979 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
17980 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
17981 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
17982 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
17983 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
17984 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
17986 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
17987 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
17988 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
17989 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
17990 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
17992 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
17995 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
17999 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
18000 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
18001 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
18002 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
18003 set up to use this feature.)
18005 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
18006 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
18007 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
18008 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
18009 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
18010 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
18011 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
18012 the library files which might overlap.
18014 @node Transformation Rules
18015 @subsection Transformation Rules
18017 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
18018 @file{Makefile.in}:
18021 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
18022 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
18024 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
18025 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
18026 sed '$(transform)'`; \
18030 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
18031 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
18035 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
18036 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
18037 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
18040 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
18041 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
18044 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
18045 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
18046 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
18047 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
18048 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
18049 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
18050 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
18051 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
18054 @node Site Defaults
18055 @section Setting Site Defaults
18056 @cindex Site defaults
18058 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
18059 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
18060 site- and system-wide initialization files.
18062 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
18063 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
18064 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
18065 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
18066 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
18067 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
18068 ones in case of conflict.
18070 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
18071 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
18072 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
18073 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
18074 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
18075 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
18076 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
18077 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
18080 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
18081 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
18082 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
18083 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
18084 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
18085 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
18086 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
18087 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
18088 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
18089 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
18091 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
18092 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
18093 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
18094 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
18095 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
18096 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
18097 environment variable.
18099 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
18100 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
18101 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
18102 setting those values correctly for that system in
18103 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
18104 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
18105 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
18106 M4 source code for those macros.
18108 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
18109 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
18110 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
18111 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
18112 @command{configure}) before changing them.
18114 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site}. The
18115 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
18116 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
18119 # config.site for configure
18121 # Change some defaults.
18122 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
18123 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
18124 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
18125 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
18127 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
18128 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
18129 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
18130 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
18131 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
18136 @cindex Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
18139 Another use of @file{config.site} is for priming the directory variables
18140 in a manner consistent with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
18141 (@acronym{FHS}). Once the following file is installed at
18142 @file{/usr/share/config.site}, a user can execute simply
18143 @command{./configure --prefix=/usr} to get all the directories chosen in
18144 the locations recommended by @acronym{FHS}.
18147 # /usr/local/config.site for FHS defaults when installing below /usr,
18148 # and the respective settings were not changed on the command line.
18149 if test "$prefix" = /usr; then
18150 test "$sysconfdir" = '$@{prefix@}/etc' && sysconfdir=/etc
18151 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
18152 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
18157 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
18159 @node Running configure Scripts
18160 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
18161 @cindex @command{configure}
18163 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
18164 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
18165 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
18166 may use comes with Autoconf.
18169 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
18170 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
18171 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
18172 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
18173 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
18174 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
18175 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
18176 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
18177 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
18181 @include install.texi
18184 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
18186 @node config.status Invocation
18187 @chapter config.status Invocation
18188 @cindex @command{config.status}
18190 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
18191 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
18192 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
18193 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
18197 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
18200 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
18201 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
18202 dependencies, as in
18205 ./config.status foobar
18212 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
18215 The supported options are:
18220 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
18225 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
18231 Do not print progress messages.
18235 Don't remove the temporary files.
18237 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
18238 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
18239 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
18240 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
18241 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
18242 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
18243 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
18246 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
18247 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
18248 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
18249 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
18250 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
18251 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
18254 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
18255 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
18258 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
18259 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
18260 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
18261 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
18262 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
18263 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
18264 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
18265 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
18266 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
18267 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
18271 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
18272 can alter its behavior:
18274 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
18275 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
18276 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
18277 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
18278 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
18279 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
18280 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
18281 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
18282 shell should be passed.
18285 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
18286 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
18287 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
18288 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
18289 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
18290 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
18293 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
18294 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
18295 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
18296 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
18301 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
18302 ./config.status config.h
18305 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
18306 ./config.status Makefile
18310 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
18311 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
18314 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
18316 @node Obsolete Constructs
18317 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
18318 @cindex Obsolete constructs
18320 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
18321 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
18322 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
18325 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
18326 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
18327 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
18330 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
18331 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
18332 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
18333 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
18334 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
18335 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
18338 @node Obsolete config.status Use
18339 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
18341 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
18342 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
18343 Before, environment variables had to be used.
18345 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
18346 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
18347 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
18348 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
18349 @file{configure.ac}.
18352 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
18353 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
18354 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
18355 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
18356 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
18359 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
18360 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
18361 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
18362 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
18363 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
18366 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
18367 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
18368 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
18369 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
18370 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
18373 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
18379 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
18380 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
18381 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
18384 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
18385 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
18386 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
18391 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
18392 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @code{make} rules. Equally
18393 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
18396 @node acconfig Header
18397 @section @file{acconfig.h}
18399 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
18400 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
18401 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
18403 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
18404 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
18405 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
18406 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
18407 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
18408 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
18409 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
18410 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
18412 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
18413 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
18414 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
18415 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
18416 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
18417 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
18418 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
18419 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
18420 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
18421 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
18422 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
18423 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
18424 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
18425 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
18427 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
18428 package for distribution were:
18431 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
18433 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
18435 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
18436 [acconfig.h] ----. |
18443 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
18444 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
18447 @node autoupdate Invocation
18448 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
18449 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
18451 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
18452 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
18453 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
18454 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
18455 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
18456 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
18457 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
18458 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
18459 update them to use the new macro names.
18461 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
18462 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
18463 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
18464 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
18465 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
18466 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
18470 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
18475 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
18479 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
18483 Report processing steps.
18487 Don't remove the temporary files.
18491 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
18493 @item --include=@var{dir}
18494 @itemx -I @var{dir}
18495 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
18496 Directories are browsed from last to first.
18499 @node Obsolete Macros
18500 @section Obsolete Macros
18502 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
18503 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
18504 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
18507 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
18508 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
18509 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
18510 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
18511 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
18512 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
18517 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
18518 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
18519 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
18524 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}).
18527 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
18528 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
18529 Removed because of limited usefulness.
18534 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
18537 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
18538 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
18539 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
18540 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
18541 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
18542 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
18544 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
18545 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
18548 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
18549 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
18550 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
18551 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
18552 variables this macro sets.
18554 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
18555 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
18556 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
18557 other macros (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18560 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
18561 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
18562 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED} (@pxref{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}).
18565 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
18566 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
18567 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
18568 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
18569 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
18570 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
18571 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
18572 problems in the case of pointer types.
18574 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
18575 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
18577 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
18578 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
18580 This macro is equivalent to:
18583 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
18584 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
18585 [Define to `@var{default}'
18586 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
18589 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
18590 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
18594 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
18597 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
18598 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
18599 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
18600 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
18601 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
18604 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
18605 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
18608 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
18612 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
18613 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
18614 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
18617 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
18618 typedef loff_t off_t;
18622 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
18624 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
18629 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]
18633 @xref{AC_MSG_NOTICE}.
18636 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @
18637 @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
18638 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
18639 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
18640 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
18641 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
18642 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
18643 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
18644 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
18649 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CONST} (@pxref{AC_C_CONST}).
18652 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
18653 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
18654 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
18661 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
18662 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
18663 means to check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
18664 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
18667 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
18669 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
18674 Beware that the variable @env{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
18675 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
18676 not to use this macro.
18679 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
18680 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
18681 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
18685 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
18686 [#include <signal.h>
18687 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
18688 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
18689 # include <unistd.h>
18695 @xref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}.
18698 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
18699 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
18700 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
18703 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
18704 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
18709 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
18710 (@pxref{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}) and @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
18711 (@pxref{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}),
18712 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
18713 header file is found:
18715 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
18716 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
18717 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
18718 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
18719 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
18720 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
18724 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
18725 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
18726 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
18727 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
18730 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
18734 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}).
18740 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
18741 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
18742 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
18747 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
18748 and sets @code{EMXOS2}. Don't use this macro, the dignified means to
18749 check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
18750 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18753 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @
18754 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
18756 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
18757 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_ENABLE}).
18762 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} (@pxref{AC_MSG_ERROR}).
18767 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_X} (@pxref{AC_PATH_X}).
18770 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
18771 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
18772 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_XTRA} (@pxref{AC_PATH_XTRA}).
18777 Replaced by @code{m4_foreach_w} (@pxref{m4_foreach_w}).
18780 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
18781 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
18782 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNC}).
18785 @anchor{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18786 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18787 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18788 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
18789 @c @fuindex setvbuf
18790 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
18791 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
18792 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
18793 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
18794 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
18795 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
18796 is no longer needed.
18799 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
18800 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
18801 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
18802 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
18803 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
18806 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
18807 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
18810 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
18811 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
18812 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL} (@pxref{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}).
18815 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
18816 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
18817 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
18820 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
18821 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
18822 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}).
18825 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
18826 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
18827 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
18828 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
18829 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
18832 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
18833 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
18834 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}).
18837 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
18838 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
18839 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
18842 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
18843 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
18844 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
18845 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
18846 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
18847 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
18848 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
18849 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
18850 @xref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
18853 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
18854 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
18855 Replaced by @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (@pxref{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}).
18858 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
18859 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
18860 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADER}).
18863 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
18864 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
18865 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_HEADER}).
18868 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
18869 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
18870 Replaced by @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
18873 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
18875 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
18880 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
18882 See @ref{AC_INIT} and @ref{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}.
18887 Replaced by @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{AC_C_INLINE}).
18890 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
18891 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
18892 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
18893 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
18894 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18897 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
18899 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
18900 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
18901 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
18902 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
18903 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
18906 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
18910 now it is defined as
18914 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
18918 See @ref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} and @ref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
18921 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
18922 @acindex{ISC_POSIX}
18924 This macro adds @option{-lcposix} to output variable @code{LIBS} if
18925 necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
18926 @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
18927 need not use this macro. It is implemented as
18928 @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])} (@pxref{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}).
18933 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18936 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
18937 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
18938 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18941 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
18942 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
18943 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18946 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
18947 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
18948 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
18949 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
18950 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}. @xref{Language Choice}, for the
18951 preferred way to change languages.
18954 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
18955 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
18956 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
18957 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred
18958 (@pxref{AC_LANG_PUSH}).
18961 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
18962 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
18963 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
18964 (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated version of:
18967 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
18975 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
18976 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
18982 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_LN_S} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LN_S}).
18985 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
18986 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
18987 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
18988 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
18989 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead
18990 (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18993 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
18994 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
18995 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
18996 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
18997 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
18999 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
19000 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
19003 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
19004 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
19007 AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
19010 @xref{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
19013 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
19014 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
19015 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}).
19018 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
19020 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
19021 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
19022 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
19023 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}). Adjust
19024 your code to depend upon
19025 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
19031 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
19032 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}. Don't use this macro, the
19033 dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
19034 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
19040 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
19041 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
19042 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
19043 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
19046 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
19047 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
19048 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}).
19053 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_MMAP}).
19058 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}).
19064 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
19065 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
19066 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
19067 Now the compiler checking macros handle
19068 this automatically.
19071 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
19073 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
19074 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
19075 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
19076 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
19077 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
19078 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
19083 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
19087 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
19088 services to the user (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
19093 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}).
19096 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
19098 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
19099 interface is equivalent to:
19103 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
19104 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
19105 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
19111 See @ref{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @ref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}, and @ref{AC_OUTPUT}.
19114 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
19115 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
19116 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
19117 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
19118 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
19119 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}).
19121 Here is an unrealistic example:
19125 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
19127 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
19131 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
19132 additional key, an important difference is that
19133 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
19134 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
19135 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
19138 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
19142 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
19143 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
19144 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
19148 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
19149 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
19156 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_PID_T}).
19161 Replaced by @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM} (@pxref{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}).
19164 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
19165 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
19166 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROGS}).
19169 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
19170 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
19171 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROGS}).
19174 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
19175 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
19176 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROG}).
19179 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
19180 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
19181 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_CPP}).
19184 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
19185 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
19186 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROG} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROG}).
19189 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
19190 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
19191 Removed because of limited usefulness.
19194 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
19195 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
19196 This macro was renamed @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. However,
19197 these days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
19198 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
19199 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
19200 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
19204 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
19205 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
19206 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}), which itself
19207 is obsolete when assuming C89 or better.
19212 Removed because of limited usefulness.
19215 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
19218 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
19219 macro used to do this:
19222 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
19226 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}).
19229 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
19230 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
19233 AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
19236 @xref{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
19239 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
19241 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} (@pxref{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}).
19244 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
19245 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
19246 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
19251 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}).
19254 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
19255 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
19256 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STAT} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STAT}).
19259 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
19260 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
19261 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STDC} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STDC}).
19266 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}).
19269 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
19270 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
19271 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
19272 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
19273 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
19274 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
19275 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
19276 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
19279 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
19282 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
19285 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
19286 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
19287 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
19288 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
19289 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
19290 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
19291 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
19292 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
19295 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
19298 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
19301 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
19302 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
19303 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
19306 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
19307 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
19308 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}).
19313 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
19316 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
19317 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
19318 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
19319 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
19320 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
19321 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
19322 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
19323 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
19324 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
19326 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
19327 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
19328 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
19329 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
19333 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
19334 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
19335 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}. However, even that
19336 name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now acheived via
19337 @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}).
19340 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
19342 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, which in turn was replaced by
19343 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}).
19346 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
19347 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
19348 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, which in turn was replaced by
19349 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_RUN_IFELSE}).
19352 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
19354 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}).
19357 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
19358 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
19359 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_TIME} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_TIME}).
19362 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
19363 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19364 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
19369 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
19370 [[@var{function-body}]])],
19371 [@var{action-if-true}],
19372 [@var{action-if-false}])
19376 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
19378 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19380 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
19381 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
19382 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
19383 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
19384 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
19387 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19393 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
19394 [@var{action-if-true}],
19395 [@var{action-if-false}])
19399 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
19401 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
19404 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
19405 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19411 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
19412 [[@var{function-body}]])],
19413 [@var{action-if-true}],
19414 [@var{action-if-false}])
19418 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
19420 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19422 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
19423 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
19424 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
19425 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
19426 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
19428 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19430 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
19431 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
19432 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
19433 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
19434 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
19435 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
19438 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
19439 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
19440 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
19441 This macro is equivalent to
19443 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
19444 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])
19447 @xref{AC_LINK_IFELSE}.
19450 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
19451 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
19457 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
19458 [@var{action-if-true}],
19459 [@var{action-if-false}],
19460 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
19467 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
19468 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
19469 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
19470 @cvindex RETSIGTYPE
19471 @hdrindex{signal.h}
19472 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
19473 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
19474 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}. These days, it is
19475 portable to assume C89, and that signal handlers return @code{void},
19476 without needing to use this macro or @code{RETSIGTYPE}.
19478 When targetting older K&R C, it is possible to define signal handlers as
19479 returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}, and omit a return statement:
19494 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_UID_T}).
19497 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
19499 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
19505 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
19506 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
19507 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
19510 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
19511 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
19512 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}).
19515 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
19516 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
19517 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
19518 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
19519 error message. This is now handled by default.
19522 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
19524 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} (@pxref{AC_MSG_RESULT}).
19529 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_FORK} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_FORK}).
19534 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}).
19539 This macro was renamed @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}. However, these days
19540 portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not @code{wait3}, as
19541 @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
19546 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_WARN} (@pxref{AC_MSG_WARN}).
19549 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @
19550 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
19552 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
19553 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_WITH}).
19556 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
19557 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
19558 Replaced by @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN} (@pxref{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}).
19561 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
19562 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
19564 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
19565 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
19566 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
19567 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
19568 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
19571 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
19572 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
19573 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
19576 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
19577 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
19580 Don't use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
19581 host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
19584 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
19585 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
19586 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}, which in turn was
19587 integrated into @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
19591 @section Upgrading From Version 1
19592 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
19593 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
19595 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
19596 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
19597 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
19598 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
19599 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
19600 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
19601 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
19602 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
19603 Autoconf distribution.
19606 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
19607 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
19608 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
19609 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
19610 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
19613 @node Changed File Names
19614 @subsection Changed File Names
19616 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
19617 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
19618 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
19620 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
19621 @file{install-sh} so @code{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
19622 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
19623 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
19625 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
19626 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
19627 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
19629 @node Changed Makefiles
19630 @subsection Changed Makefiles
19632 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
19633 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
19634 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
19635 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
19637 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
19638 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
19639 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
19640 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
19641 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
19643 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
19644 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
19646 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
19649 prefix = /usr/local
19650 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
19654 you must change it to:
19657 prefix = @@prefix@@
19658 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
19662 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
19663 characters around them has been removed.
19665 @node Changed Macros
19666 @subsection Changed Macros
19668 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
19669 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
19670 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
19671 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
19672 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
19673 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
19675 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
19676 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
19677 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
19678 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
19679 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
19680 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
19681 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
19682 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
19683 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
19684 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
19685 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
19689 @node Changed Results
19690 @subsection Changed Results
19692 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
19693 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
19694 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
19695 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
19696 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
19697 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
19698 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
19701 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
19705 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
19707 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
19708 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
19710 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
19711 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
19712 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
19713 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
19715 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
19723 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
19726 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
19727 if test $ac_cv_func_syslog = no; then
19728 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
19729 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
19730 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
19731 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
19736 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
19737 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
19738 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
19739 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
19741 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
19742 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
19743 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
19744 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
19745 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
19747 @node Changed Macro Writing
19748 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
19750 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
19751 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
19752 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
19753 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
19754 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
19755 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
19758 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
19759 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
19760 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
19761 advantage of some new features.
19763 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
19764 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
19765 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
19766 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
19767 kludging. Or perhaps not.
19769 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
19770 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
19771 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
19774 @node Autoconf 2.13
19775 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
19776 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
19777 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
19779 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
19780 suits this section@enddots{}
19783 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
19784 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
19785 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
19786 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
19787 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
19788 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
19789 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
19790 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
19791 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
19795 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
19796 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
19797 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
19798 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
19799 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
19802 @node Changed Quotation
19803 @subsection Changed Quotation
19805 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
19806 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
19807 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
19808 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
19809 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
19810 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
19812 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
19817 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
19818 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
19823 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
19826 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
19827 creating cache ./config.cache
19828 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
19833 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
19836 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
19837 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
19838 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
19839 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
19843 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
19847 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19848 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
19849 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
19853 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
19854 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
19857 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
19858 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
19859 [# My own much better version
19864 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
19865 autoconf: Undefined macros:
19866 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
19867 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
19868 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
19869 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
19870 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
19876 @subsection New Macros
19878 @cindex undefined macro
19879 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
19881 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
19882 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
19883 in 2001, Autoconf provided
19884 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
19885 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
19886 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
19888 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
19889 did not quote the names of these macros.
19890 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
19891 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
19892 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
19893 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
19895 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
19896 complains, in its own words:
19899 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19900 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19902 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
19904 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
19905 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
19906 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
19910 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
19911 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
19912 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
19913 as it is simply not its job
19914 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
19917 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19918 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19920 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
19922 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
19923 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19924 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19925 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
19926 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
19932 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
19933 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
19934 @cindex Cross compilation
19936 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
19937 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
19941 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
19944 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
19947 the variables defined in @command{configure},
19950 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
19955 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
19956 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
19957 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
19958 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
19959 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
19960 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
19961 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
19963 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
19964 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
19965 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
19966 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
19967 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
19969 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
19970 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
19971 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
19972 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
19977 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
19978 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
19979 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
19980 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
19981 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
19982 which is also the build platform.
19985 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
19990 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
19991 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
19992 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
19993 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
19994 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
19995 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
19996 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
19997 rely on this broken feature.
19999 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
20000 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
20001 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
20002 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
20003 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
20007 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
20008 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
20009 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
20010 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
20011 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
20012 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
20013 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
20015 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
20016 @option{--host} is passed.
20018 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
20019 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
20020 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
20022 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
20023 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
20024 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
20025 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
20026 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
20027 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
20028 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
20029 @option{--build} too.
20032 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
20036 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
20037 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
20038 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
20039 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
20040 configure as follows:
20043 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
20047 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
20048 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
20050 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
20051 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
20052 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
20053 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
20055 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
20056 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
20057 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
20058 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
20059 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
20060 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
20061 change something'').
20063 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
20064 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
20068 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
20069 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
20072 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
20073 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
20077 should be replaced with:
20080 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
20081 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
20087 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
20088 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
20089 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
20090 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
20091 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
20092 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
20095 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
20096 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
20098 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
20099 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
20100 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
20101 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
20102 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
20103 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
20106 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
20107 quoting their arguments;
20110 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
20111 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
20114 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
20117 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
20118 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
20119 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
20123 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
20124 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
20125 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
20126 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
20127 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
20128 header file that the file you are checking includes.
20130 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
20131 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
20132 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
20140 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
20144 The above example, properly written would (i) use
20145 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
20149 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
20151 error: This isn't AIX!
20160 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
20162 @node Using Autotest
20163 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
20168 @strong{N.B.: This section describes an experimental feature which will
20169 be part of Autoconf in a forthcoming release. Although we believe
20170 Autotest is stabilizing, this documentation describes an interface which
20171 might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without
20172 subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.}
20175 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
20176 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
20177 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
20178 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
20179 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
20180 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
20181 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
20182 exhibit deficiencies.
20184 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
20185 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
20186 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
20187 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
20188 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
20190 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
20191 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
20192 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
20193 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
20194 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
20196 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
20197 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
20198 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
20199 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
20200 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
20203 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
20204 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
20207 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
20208 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
20209 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
20210 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
20213 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
20214 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
20217 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
20218 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
20221 @node testsuite Scripts
20222 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
20224 @cindex @command{testsuite}
20226 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
20227 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
20228 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
20229 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
20230 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
20231 the installer's end.
20234 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
20235 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
20236 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
20237 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
20238 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
20239 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
20242 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
20243 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
20244 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
20245 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
20246 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
20247 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
20248 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
20249 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
20250 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
20252 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
20253 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
20254 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
20255 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
20256 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
20257 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
20260 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
20261 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
20262 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
20263 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
20264 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
20265 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
20266 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
20267 the test group, and they include:
20270 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
20271 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
20272 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
20274 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
20276 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
20279 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
20280 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
20282 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
20283 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
20284 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
20285 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
20286 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
20287 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
20288 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
20289 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
20290 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
20291 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
20293 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
20296 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
20301 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
20303 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
20309 Files used in configuring a software package:
20314 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
20320 Files created during the test suite execution:
20323 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
20327 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
20331 @node Autotest Logs
20332 @subsection Autotest Logs
20334 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
20335 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
20336 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
20337 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
20340 @item command line arguments
20341 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
20342 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
20343 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
20344 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
20345 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
20346 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
20347 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
20348 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
20349 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
20350 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
20352 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
20353 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
20354 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
20355 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
20356 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
20357 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
20360 @item build machine
20361 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
20362 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
20363 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
20364 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
20365 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
20366 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
20367 state of the build machine, including some important environment
20369 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
20370 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
20372 @item tested programs
20373 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
20374 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
20376 @item configuration log
20377 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
20378 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
20379 on the configuration itself.
20383 @node Writing Testsuites
20384 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
20386 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
20387 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
20388 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
20389 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
20390 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
20391 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
20392 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
20393 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}. Multiple test
20394 groups can be categorized by a call to @code{AT_BANNER}.
20396 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
20398 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
20399 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
20400 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. In any case,
20401 the test suite always displays the package name and version. It also
20402 inherits the package bug report address.
20405 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
20406 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
20407 @cindex Copyright Notice
20408 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
20409 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
20410 @var{copyright-notice}.
20412 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
20413 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
20416 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
20418 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
20419 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
20420 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
20424 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
20425 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
20426 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
20427 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
20428 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
20429 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
20434 @defmac AT_BANNER (@var{test-category-name})
20436 This macro identifies the start of a category of related test groups.
20437 When the resulting @file{testsuite} is invoked with more than one test
20438 group to run, its output will include a banner containing
20439 @var{test-category-name} prior to any tests run from that category. The
20440 banner should be no more than about 40 or 50 characters. A blank banner
20441 will not print, effectively ending a category and letting subsequent
20442 test groups behave as though they are uncategorized when run in
20446 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
20448 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
20449 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
20450 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
20451 of the test group being started. @var{test-group-name} must not expand
20452 to unbalanced quotes, although quadrigraphs can be used.
20455 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
20457 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
20458 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
20459 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
20460 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
20461 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
20462 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
20463 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
20465 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
20466 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
20470 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
20471 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
20472 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
20473 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
20476 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
20478 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
20479 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
20480 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
20481 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
20482 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
20483 the test into an expected failure.
20488 End the current test group.
20493 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
20495 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
20496 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
20497 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
20498 expansion. The contents must end with an end of line. @var{file} must
20499 be a single shell word that expands into a single file name.
20502 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @
20503 @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
20505 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
20506 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
20507 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
20508 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
20509 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
20510 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
20512 This macro must be invoked in between @code{AT_SETUP} and @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
20514 @c Previously, we had this:
20515 @c The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
20517 @c to prevent trigerring the double redirect bug on Ultrix, see
20518 @c `File Descriptors'. This was too restricting, and Ultrix is pretty
20519 @c much dead, so we dropped the limitation; the obvious workaround on
20520 @c Ultrix is to use a working shell there.
20522 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
20523 the corresponding value is not checked.
20525 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
20526 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
20527 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
20528 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
20529 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{experr} and @samp{stderr}.
20533 @node testsuite Invocation
20534 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
20535 @cindex @command{testsuite}
20537 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
20542 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
20546 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
20548 @item --directory=@var{dir}
20549 @itemx -C @var{dir}
20550 Change the current directory to @var{dir} before creating any files.
20551 Useful for running the testsuite in a subdirectory from a top-level
20556 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
20557 for @code{clean} Make targets.
20561 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
20567 By default all tests are performed (or described with
20568 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
20569 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
20573 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
20574 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
20575 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
20576 different environment.
20578 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
20579 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
20580 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
20581 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
20582 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
20583 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
20584 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
20585 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
20586 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
20587 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
20591 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
20592 @itemx @var{number}-
20593 @itemx -@var{number}
20594 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
20597 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
20598 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
20599 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
20600 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
20601 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
20602 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
20603 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
20604 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
20606 For example, running
20609 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
20613 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
20614 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
20618 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
20622 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
20623 containing @samp{FUNC}.
20627 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
20628 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
20629 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
20630 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
20634 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
20635 is the default for debugging scripts.
20639 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
20640 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
20641 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
20642 overwrite the top-level
20643 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
20644 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
20645 the testsuite itself.
20649 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
20653 @node Making testsuite Scripts
20654 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
20656 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
20657 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
20658 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
20659 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
20660 check list of things to do.
20665 @cindex @file{package.m4}
20666 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
20667 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
20668 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
20669 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
20670 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
20671 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}.
20672 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables. We
20673 suggest the following makefile excerpt:
20676 # The `:;' works around a Bash 3.2 bug when the output is not writeable.
20677 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
20679 echo '# Signature of the current package.' && \
20680 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME], [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])' && \
20681 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME], [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])' && \
20682 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])' && \
20683 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING], [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])' && \
20684 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
20685 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
20689 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
20690 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped!
20693 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
20695 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
20696 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
20697 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
20698 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
20699 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
20700 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
20704 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
20705 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
20706 @file{tests/atlocal}.
20709 The @file{tests/Makefile.in} should be modified so the validation in
20710 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
20714 With Automake, here is a minimal example about how to link @samp{make
20715 check} with a validation suite.
20718 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
20719 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
20721 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
20722 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
20724 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
20725 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
20729 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
20730 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
20732 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
20733 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at
20734 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
20738 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
20739 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
20741 If you don't use Automake, you might need to add lines inspired from the
20747 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
20748 cd $(top_builddir) && \
20749 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
20751 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
20752 cd $(top_builddir) && \
20753 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
20757 and manage to have @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)} distributed.
20759 If you use Automake, however, you don't need to add a rule to generate
20762 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
20763 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this
20764 variable, for example:
20767 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
20772 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
20775 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
20777 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
20781 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
20782 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
20783 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
20784 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
20785 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
20786 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
20787 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
20791 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
20795 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
20796 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
20797 programs that use them?
20800 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
20801 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
20802 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
20803 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
20804 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
20806 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
20807 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
20808 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
20809 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
20810 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
20811 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
20812 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
20815 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
20818 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
20821 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
20822 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
20823 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
20824 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
20834 Autoconf requires version 1.4.5 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
20836 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
20837 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
20838 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
20839 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
20840 installed, since they prefer them.
20842 @node Bootstrapping
20843 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
20847 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
20848 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
20852 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
20853 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
20854 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
20855 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
20856 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
20858 @node Why Not Imake
20859 @section Why Not Imake?
20863 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
20866 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
20867 adaptations of their explanations here.
20869 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
20872 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
20873 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
20874 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
20876 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
20877 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
20878 central authority who has control over the database.
20880 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
20881 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
20882 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
20883 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
20884 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
20886 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
20887 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
20888 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
20889 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
20890 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
20891 address these issues.
20893 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
20894 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
20899 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
20902 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
20903 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
20904 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
20905 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
20908 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
20909 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
20910 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
20915 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
20918 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
20919 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
20920 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
20921 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
20922 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
20923 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
20924 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
20925 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
20926 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
20927 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
20928 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
20929 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
20930 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
20933 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
20934 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
20935 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
20936 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
20937 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
20938 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
20943 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
20946 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
20947 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
20948 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
20949 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
20950 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
20951 (unless it is an X11 program).
20953 On the other side, though:
20955 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
20956 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
20957 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
20958 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
20959 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
20960 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
20961 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
20965 @node Defining Directories
20966 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
20969 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
20973 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
20974 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
20982 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
20986 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
20987 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
20988 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
20992 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
20993 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
20994 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
20997 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
20998 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
21001 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
21005 If you are using Automake, you should use @code{AM_CPPFLAGS} instead:
21008 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
21012 Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
21015 DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h
21016 myprog-paths.h: Makefile
21017 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
21021 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
21022 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
21023 automate this task. For instance, the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
21024 the @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
21027 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
21030 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
21031 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
21032 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
21033 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
21037 @node Autom4te Cache
21038 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
21041 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
21044 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
21045 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
21046 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
21047 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
21048 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
21049 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
21050 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
21051 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
21053 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
21054 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
21055 a specific demand, stores additional information in
21056 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
21057 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
21058 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
21059 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
21060 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently 30%,
21061 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
21063 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
21068 Can I permanently get rid of it?
21071 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
21072 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
21073 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
21074 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
21075 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
21076 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
21077 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
21078 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
21082 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
21083 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
21085 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
21086 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
21087 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
21088 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
21089 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
21090 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
21091 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
21094 As of Autoconf 2.56 both checks are performed, and @code{configure}
21095 complains loudly if the compiler and the preprocessor do not agree.
21096 For the time being the result used is that of the preprocessor, to give
21097 maintainers time to adjust their @file{configure.ac}, but in the
21098 future, only the compiler will be considered.
21100 Consider the following example:
21103 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
21104 typedef int number;
21106 const number pi = 3;
21107 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
21108 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21109 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
21110 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
21111 $ @kbd{./configure}
21112 checking for gcc... gcc
21113 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
21114 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
21115 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
21116 checking for suffix of executables...
21117 checking for suffix of object files... o
21118 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
21119 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
21120 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
21121 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
21122 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
21123 checking for egrep... grep -E
21124 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
21125 checking for sys/types.h... yes
21126 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
21127 checking for stdlib.h... yes
21128 checking for string.h... yes
21129 checking for memory.h... yes
21130 checking for strings.h... yes
21131 checking for inttypes.h... yes
21132 checking for stdint.h... yes
21133 checking for unistd.h... yes
21134 checking pi.h usability... no
21135 checking pi.h presence... yes
21136 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
21137 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
21138 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
21139 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
21140 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result
21141 configure: WARNING: pi.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence
21142 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
21143 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
21144 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
21145 checking for pi.h... yes
21149 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
21150 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
21153 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
21154 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21155 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
21156 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
21157 # include <number.h>
21160 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
21161 $ @kbd{./configure}
21162 checking for gcc... gcc
21163 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
21164 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
21165 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
21166 checking for suffix of executables...
21167 checking for suffix of object files... o
21168 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
21169 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
21170 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
21171 checking for number.h... yes
21172 checking for pi.h... yes
21175 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
21178 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
21181 @chapter History of Autoconf
21182 @cindex History of autoconf
21184 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
21185 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
21186 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
21187 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
21188 then let there be light@enddots{}
21191 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
21192 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
21193 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
21194 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
21195 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
21201 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
21202 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
21203 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
21204 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
21205 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
21206 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
21207 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
21208 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
21209 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
21210 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
21211 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
21213 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
21214 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
21215 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
21216 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
21217 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
21218 @file{config.status} files.
21223 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
21224 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
21225 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
21226 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
21227 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
21228 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
21229 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
21230 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
21231 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
21232 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
21234 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
21235 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
21236 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
21237 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
21238 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
21239 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
21240 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
21241 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
21242 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
21243 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
21245 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
21246 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
21247 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
21248 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
21249 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
21250 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
21251 control and flexibility.
21253 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
21254 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
21255 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
21256 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
21257 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
21258 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
21259 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
21260 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
21261 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
21262 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
21263 eventually have to grow).
21265 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
21266 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
21267 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
21268 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
21269 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
21270 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
21271 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
21272 out a new language.
21277 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
21278 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
21279 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
21280 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
21281 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
21283 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
21284 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
21285 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
21286 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
21287 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
21288 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
21289 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
21290 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
21291 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
21292 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
21293 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
21294 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
21295 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
21296 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
21297 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
21298 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
21299 ideas, and bug fixes.
21304 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
21305 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
21306 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
21307 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
21308 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
21309 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
21310 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
21312 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
21313 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
21314 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
21315 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
21316 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
21317 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
21318 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
21320 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
21321 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
21322 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
21323 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
21324 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
21325 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
21326 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
21327 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
21328 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
21329 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
21330 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
21331 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
21332 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
21333 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
21336 @section Deuteronomy
21338 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
21339 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
21340 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
21341 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
21342 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
21343 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
21344 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
21345 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
21346 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
21347 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
21348 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
21351 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
21352 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
21353 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
21354 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
21355 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
21356 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
21357 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
21358 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
21359 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
21360 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
21361 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
21362 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
21363 @command{configure} script.
21365 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
21366 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
21367 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
21368 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
21369 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
21370 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
21371 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
21372 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
21373 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
21374 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
21375 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
21377 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
21378 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
21381 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
21382 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
21385 @c ========================================================== Appendices
21388 @node GNU Free Documentation License
21389 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
21397 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
21398 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
21399 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
21400 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
21401 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
21402 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
21403 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
21404 * Concept Index:: General index
21407 @node Environment Variable Index
21408 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
21410 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
21415 @node Output Variable Index
21416 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
21418 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
21419 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
21420 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
21421 on how this is done.
21425 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
21426 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
21428 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
21429 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
21430 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
21434 @node Autoconf Macro Index
21435 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
21437 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
21438 @ifset shortindexflag
21439 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21440 preceding @samp{AC_}.
21445 @node M4 Macro Index
21446 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
21448 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
21449 @ifset shortindexflag
21450 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21451 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
21456 @node Autotest Macro Index
21457 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
21459 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
21460 @ifset shortindexflag
21461 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21462 preceding @samp{AT_}.
21467 @node Program & Function Index
21468 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
21470 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose
21471 portability is discussed in this document.
21475 @node Concept Index
21476 @appendixsec Concept Index
21478 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
21479 introduced in this document.
21485 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
21486 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
21487 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
21488 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
21489 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
21490 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
21491 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
21492 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
21493 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
21494 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
21495 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
21496 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
21497 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
21498 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
21499 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
21500 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
21501 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
21502 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
21503 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
21504 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
21505 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
21506 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
21507 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
21508 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
21509 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
21510 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
21511 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
21512 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
21513 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
21514 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
21515 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
21516 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
21517 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
21518 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
21519 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
21520 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
21521 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
21522 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
21523 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
21524 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
21525 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
21526 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
21527 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
21528 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
21529 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
21530 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
21531 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
21532 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
21533 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
21534 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
21535 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
21536 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
21537 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
21538 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
21539 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
21540 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
21541 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
21542 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
21543 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
21544 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
21545 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
21546 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
21547 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
21548 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
21549 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
21550 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
21551 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
21552 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
21553 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
21554 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
21555 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
21556 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
21557 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped
21558 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
21559 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
21560 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
21561 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
21562 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
21563 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
21564 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
21565 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
21566 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
21567 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
21568 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
21569 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
21570 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
21571 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
21572 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
21573 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
21574 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
21575 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
21576 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
21578 @c Local Variables:
21580 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
21581 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
21582 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil